Environment News: February 2026 - Issue 651

Week Four February 2026: Issue 651 (published Sunday February 22 2026)

Long-Billed Corella, Careel Bay, February 19, 2026. Photo: AJG/PON. More in: Long-Billed Corella

 

Councils Approving DA's in Known Flood Zones - NSW Government's Proposed Climate Change and Natural Hazards State Environmental Planning Policy (SEPP): Have Your Say + Emergency Services Levy reform

On Tuesday February 17 2026 the Minns Government announced it is 'further streamlining planning approvals, while making sure new homes and infrastructure are built to better withstand the extreme weather impacts and natural disasters caused by climate change'. The government stated this while announcing it is seeking feedback on the 'Climate Change and Natural Hazards SEPP' until March 17 2026.

Local and state environment groups state the Climate Change and Natural Hazards SEPP supports more buildings to go in areas that should not be built in, which creates more hazards and greater impact again on the natural environment.

Concurrently, the government has opened feedback until February 27 on its Draft Sydney Plan, where, once again, not destroying the environment is not a high priority. In fact it is listed as 5th out of 7 Priorities. This was made available December 12 2025, when most people had clocked off for the year. Visit: www.planningportal.nsw.gov.au/draftplans/exhibition/sydney-plan

This had been preceded by a Sunday February 15 announcement on the State Government's 'Next steps for Emergency Services Levy reform' which reads as though those who chose not to build on a floodplain (or the sand), or in a bushfire zone, via approved state government legislation, or 'supported' by councils development proposals, can now pick up the tab for these decades of government policies and councils decisions, some of which continue being approved to the present day, for those who did buy into such properties.

The Emergency Services Levy (ESL) in NSW is a charge on insurance policies and local council rates used to fund roughly 85% of the operating budgets for critical emergency services. It primarily supports Fire and Rescue NSW, the NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS), and the NSW State Emergency Service (SES).

The NSW Government collects the majority of the ESL (about three-quarters) through insurance companies, which add it to home, contents, and commercial property insurance policies.

While the levy is not directly charged to residents on rate notices, local councils are required to contribute 11.7% of the total cost of NSW emergency services, so ratepayers are funding it. By May 1 2024 the NB council stated its Emergency Services Levy had increased to $9.3 million, the equivalent of $90 per ratepayer.

Major Australian insurers have been restricting or pausing the sale of new home insurance policies in specific high-risk, flood-prone, and bushfire-prone areas, particularly in Queensland and New South Wales. This is part of a broader industry trend where insurers are managing their exposure to risk following an increased frequency of natural disaster events.

Suncorp, one of those major insurers, has cited the need for improved flood mitigation infrastructure from local and state governments and the high cost of claims, often stating they cannot provide coverage in areas prone to repeated damage.

The released statement reads: 

'Options to reduce household insurance costs and fix an unfair funding model for emergency services will be put to a NSW parliamentary inquiry.

While emergency services benefit everyone, most of their funding comes from a levy not everyone pays. The Minns Labor Government is committed to removing this Emergency Services Levy (ESL) and replacing it with a simple and transparent levy spread across all properties.

Currently, the burden of paying the ESL is unfairly placed only on those who take out property insurance. The cost of this levy for residential insurance has increased 48% from 2017-18 to 2023-24, adding pressure on household budgets.

All mainland states, apart from NSW, have implemented property-based levies to fund their emergency services.

In November 2023, the Minns Labor Government committed to reforming the ESL. The parliamentary inquiry will build on extensive public consultation carried out since then, and seeks to develop a consensus and strengthen support for the reform’s direction.

To inform the inquiry process, the Government will release an options paper which includes five levy model options. This follows a comprehensive collection of property level insurance policy data and land classifications performed by local councils under legislative amendments.

The Government thanks the insurance industry and local councils for their cooperation with this critical exercise for modelling reform options.

In designing the reform, the Government is also committed to protecting pensioners and vulnerable members of the community and ensuring a revenue-neutral model for sustainably funding emergency services agencies.

This is part of the Minns Labor Government’s commitment to cut red tape, remove unnecessary duplication across government and ease cost-of-living pressures on NSW households.'

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:

“This is an important step in moving funding for emergency services to an equitable and sustainable footing that cuts the cost of insurance. The parliamentary inquiry will provide an open and transparent forum to test the proposed framework and ensure stakeholder perspectives are meaningfully considered.

“We want to work with the Opposition and the crossbench to plot the last leg of this journey. This system funds services that protect all of us – and it is time for all politicians to work together to reform it.”

DA's in Flood Zones-Floodplains-Bushfire Zones being 'supported' - Approved

The insurance industry has urged the government to strongly consider climate risks and natural hazards in planning approvals to avoid future financial exposure. 

While there have been moves to restrict development in the most dangerous areas, new projects continue to be approved in flood-prone regions, and on mapped floodplains, including in Pittwater.

The NSW Government has stated it is 'navigating a complex balance between addressing an acute housing shortage and managing the high risks associated with building on floodplains', particularly in Western Sydney and the Northern Rivers. 

Despite stating on 29 October 2023:

'The NSW Government is delivering on its election commitment to no longer develop housing on high-risk flood plains in Western Sydney. The Government is today announcing it has rezoned parts of the North-West Growth corridor to ensure NSW does not construct new homes in high-risk areas. The Government is also releasing the Flood Evacuation Modelling report for the Hawkesbury-Nepean Valley, which informed the rezoning decisions.' Report is a PDF- 6.3MB

Earlier this month the NSW government  green-lit almost 1000 new homes for a flood-prone north-western Sydney suburb. The proposed development at Marsden Park North, comprising 960 homes, is in the Hawkesbury-Nepean Valley, considered by the state government to have Australia’s highest unmitigated flood risk exposure.

Residents state the developers are in charge and the state government and local councils simply work to facilitate their proposals, which will pass the costs of future mitigation on to residents. Councils are charged with ignoring the still in place Development Control Plans for proposals in and on known flood zones, floodplains and in bushfire zones.

The 2023 NSW Government 'Flood risk management manual-The policy and manual for the management of flood liable land', states:

In regards to 'Your council's role' the state government says

'Your local council has 2 key responsibilities:'

  1. They carry out studies to understand flood risk, examine options to manage it, and keep the community informed about flooding, supporting emergency management planning.
  2. They take flooding into account when controlling the development of flood-prone land and in carrying out management actions, such as the investigation, design, construction, operation and maintenance of flood mitigation works.

The same document ensures councils that support DAs in flood zones cannot be sued afterwards, stating:

Section 733 of the Local Government Act 1993 provides local councils and statutory bodies representing the Crown, and their employees, with a limited legal indemnity for certain advice given, or things done or not done, relating to the likelihood of flooding or the extent of flooding

While DA's being lodged for these zones are progressed by councils, and lead to those who must deal with the impacts, and added costs - such as the seawall at Collaroy the forced amalgamation of all three councils has made the financial burden of everyone across the LGA - a belief by those who have objected to such projects being approved, is residents knowledges is ignored and they have been treated with contempt by the councils that 'support' these proposals before, during, and after they have 'worked with' developers to pass them.

One local example is the council supporting construction of a 4-storey residential flat building with a 2 level basement on the corner of Kunari Place and Park Street, Mona Vale. 

Overland flooding, especially in areas or as part of a known flood-affected area zone can be exacerbated by installing structures into the earth, and through their channels - disrupting the flows.

Underground carparks significantly alter local hydrology by acting as large, impermeable barriers that force surrounding groundwater to move around or underneath them. As urban development covers natural, porous ground, stormwater and groundwater cannot flow freely, causing the soil to saturate and exert intense "hydrostatic pressure" on the underground structure. 

Because the concrete structure is impermeable, water that would naturally percolate through the soil is instead forced to move through the remaining surrounding earth, impacting those 'downstream' or around the property.

Due to being below the water table, these structures are highly susceptible to flooding from rising groundwater or runoff entering via ramps. 

This DA went to the Land and Environment court with the February 6 2026 Decision by Acting Commissioner of the Court, G Kullen’s Judgement noting:

A signed s 34 agreement with Annexure A and the amended plans were filed with the Court on 25 November 2025. A set of corrected conditions of consent was filed with the Court on 15 December 2025. The s 34 agreement is supported by an agreed statement of jurisdictional prerequisites.

Under s 34(3) of the LEC Act, I must dispose of the proceedings in accordance with the parties’ decision if the parties’ decision is a decision that the Court could have made in the proper exercise of its functions. In making the orders to give effect to the agreement between the parties, I was not required to, and have not, made any merit assessment of the issues that were originally in dispute between the parties.

The parties’ decision involves the Court exercising the function under s 4.16 of the EPA Act to grant consent to the DA.

Those who had objected to this DA were not provided with any of the amended plans or conditions of consent.

Additionally, the DA was made in reliance upon Chs 2 and 6 of State Environmental Planning Policy (Housing) 2021 (Housing SEPP) and proposes that 5 apartments be used for the purposes of affordable housing.

The five apartments are one-bedders of very small size, what others would term 'bed-sits', at the back of the development.

Under this scheme the Height of Buildings may be increased if such 'affordable housing' is included.

Pursuant to cl 4.3 of LEP 2014, the Site is subject to an 8.5m HOB (Height of Building) control. However, s 179(2)(e) of the Housing SEPP prescribes a non-discretionary development standard of 9.5m - which was applied atop that LEP HOB. 

The parties (developer and the NB council) then advised the court that:

Section 16(3) of the Housing SEPP permits an additional building height equal to the percentage of additional FSR available under s 16(1) of the Housing SEPP. As the proposed development achieves the full 30% FSR incentive, the maximum permissible building height increases by 30%, resulting in a maximum building height of 12.35m.

Another 4 metres over the Pittwater Council LEP equates to another storey on these buildings.

The NSW Government Planning Department stated last year:

'Further amendments were made on 14 February 2025 to uphold the original policy intent of the in-fill affordable housing provisions. Developments seeking in-fill affordable housing bonuses can only use a local bonus if it meets relevant LEP provisionsThe bonuses, unless otherwise specified, do not override or remove the requirement to comply with any land and development controls that apply. No other amendments were made.'

The now passed DA also approves the removal of 24 trees from the property.

An October 2025 published report out of the University of Sydney states: 'The chance of large-scale flooding in a specific catchment area can increase by as much as eight-fold if widespread deforestation has occurred.'

“Australia, and the rest of the world, must wake up to the new dangers floods are posing. These dangers will only increase as warming intensifies, bushfires become more frequent, and storms larger as the atmosphere holds more moisture than before.” - Professor Lucy Marshall, School of Civil Engineering, said

In assessing the proposal prior to the Land and Environment judgment the council, in its 'Natural Environment Referral Response - Flood', stated:

‘’This proposal is for the demolition of existing dwellings across three lots and the construction of two, four-story apartments. The proposal is assessed against Section B3.11 of the Pittwater DCP and Clause 5.21 of the Pittwater LEP. The proposal is located outside of the Flood Planning Precinct and is not subject to flood-related development controls. The proposal generally complies with Section B3.11 of the Pittwater DCP and Clause 5.21 of the Pittwater LEP. The proposal is therefore supported.’’

A 2023 NBC Flood Hazard Map does show that that corner, of Park streets and Kunari Place, is not within a known flood zone - on one side of that street:

screenshot of 2023 NBC Mona Vale Floodplain map and - Sections from -:

The NB council states on its Local Environmental Plan and Development Control Plan webpage that:

'On 14 October 2025 the NSW Government advised that the Planning Proposal for the draft Northern Beaches LEP may proceed subject to a range of matters including certain amendments and details for Council to apply prior to the public exhibition of the Planning Proposal in 2026. The new, consolidated LEP for the Northern Beaches will be complemented by a new comprehensive Development Control Plan (DCP), which is being developed in parallel to the LEP.'

As such the Pittwater Council LEP and DCP are still the determining documents and requirements applicable. These were informed by reports and studies commissioned by Pittwater Council which include, but were not limited to, the Mona Vale / Bayview Floodplain Risk Management Study and Plan 2008 Volume 1 and Volume 2- produced by Cardno Lawson Treloar for Pittwater Council.

The Pittwater Council DCP provides that, in regards to:

FLOOD EFFECTS CAUSED BY DEVELOPMENT

Development shall not be approved unless it can be demonstrated in a Flood Management Report that it has been designed and can be constructed so that in all events up to the 1% AEP event:

(a) There are no adverse impacts on flood levels or velocities caused by alterations to the flood conveyance; and

(b) There are no adverse impacts on surrounding properties; and

(c) It is sited to minimise exposure to flood hazard.

Major developments and developments likely to have a significant impact on the PMF flood regime will need to demonstrate that there are no adverse impacts in the Probable Maximum Flood.

CAR PARKING requirements are:

D1 Open carpark areas and carports shall not be located within a floodway.

D2 The lowest floor level of open carparks and carports shall be constructed no lower than the natural ground levels, unless it can be shown that the carpark or carport is free draining with a grade greater than 1% and that flood depths are not increased.

D7 All enclosed car parks must be protected from inundation up to the Probable Maximum Flood level or Flood Planning Level whichever is higher. For example, basement carpark driveways must be provided with a crest at or above the relevant Probable Maximum Flood level or Flood Planning Level whichever is higher. All access, ventilation and any other potential water entry points to any enclosed car parking shall be at or above the relevant Probable Maximum Flood level or Flood Planning Level whichever is higher.

However, the NB council has been working to update the Mona Vale Floodzones and Floodplain documents. The council webpage for that states:

‘’Following the completion of the McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale and Bayview Flood Study project in 2017, Council recently commissioned engineering consultants BMT to complete a comprehensive Floodplain Risk Management Study for the McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale and Bayview catchments.

This study will consider a range of flood management measures, such as structural options (levees, detention basins etc.), emergency management improvements, community awareness activities and land use planning. The options will be assessed to understand the potential impacts and benefits, with a final suite of recommended options presented in the McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale and Bayview Floodplain Risk Management Plan. This project is supported by the NSW Government’s Floodplain Management Program.’’

The 'Project Lifecycle' and 'Updates' provides

April 2019 - Project update: We would like to get your thoughts and suggestions on flood management options to reduce flood risk and improve emergency response planning for the catchments of McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale & Bayview. This short survey is your opportunity to contribute local knowledge to help with our future planning for the area. Please complete the survey online.

Timeline item 1 – complete; Data Collection, Review and Community Consultation - June 2019. Comments close 16 June 2019. Further opportunities to comment on flood management options during the public exhibition of the draft Study and Plan later in the year.

Updates: May 2020 - Study being prepared

Timeline item 2 - incomplete; Public Exhibition of Draft Flood Risk Management Study; Expected in 2024

Following the council announcing residents of Belrose, Davidson, Frenchs Forest, Forestville, and Killarney Heights can share their views on its draft Middle Harbour Flood Study in the first week of February 2026, on Tuesday February 10 2026 the news service inquired of the council when the 'Public Exhibition of Draft Flood Risk Management Study' for Mona Vale would be available. 

Council responded on Friday February 20, stating:

''Council continues to progress important flood management work across the Northern Beaches. Several Flood Studies and Flood Risk Management Plans are under way and/or programmed with the McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale and Bayview Floodplain Risk Management Study and Plan scheduled for public exhibition and adoption in the 2027/28 financial year.

Council has already completed the following work for McCarrs Creek, Mona Vale and Bayview: 

  • Stage 1: Flood information assessments and community consultation
  • Stage 2: Risk assessment and emergency management arrangements
  • Stage 3: Assessment of preferred flood risk management options

The remaining steps involve finalising the Draft Floodplain Risk Management Study, undertaking public exhibition and then presenting the Study and Plan to Council for adoption.'

No indication of what was in that feedback provided in 2019 is available yet, or whether that would have changed any of the DA's since 'supported' by the council if its original timeline for updating the Mona Vale-Bayview-McCarrs Flood Risk Management been realised.

However, residents of Mona Vale state they are well versed in where water flows across this former floodplain and wetland, and have kept records of their own, some of these stretching back generations. They have said the cumulative impacts of climate-change driven weather events are already here and occurring on a larger scale more frequently.

The recently released NSW State Disaster Mitigation Plan estimates that by 2060 Sydney's northern beaches will have the highest Total Average Annual Losses in NSW by 2060, with estimated losses of close to $1 billion dollars per annum to the built environment alone. 

During the ‘Ability of local governments to fund infrastructure and services’ NSW Parliament Inquiry a question to the Chief Financial Officer, Northern Beaches Council revealed a deficit of almost $8million in costs sustained by weather events. 

The CFO's Answers to Questions on Notice the response to 'What types of costs are incurred in response to a natural disaster?' was:

The Northern Beaches is highly exposed to a raft of natural hazards with current data indicating: 

  • Over 22,000 properties are affected by flood; 
  • 19,000 properties are bush fire prone; 
  • 63,000 properties exposed to moderate to high geotechnical risk, and 
  • close to 5000 properties affected by coastal hazards.

See:

Some residents have communicated that when the council chooses to participate in a Section 34 conciliation conference, this practice effectively denies due process to the community in relation to the observance of the Pittwater LEP and the interests of the community in the proper consideration of D/A’s. They have observed that the NB council will spend Pittwater ratepayers money to defend the same in the former Warringah council area.

See: 

The council is not the sole driver of support for DA's residents state will 'obviously cause more flooding and distress and leave us with a huge and ongoing bill'. No matter how quickly councils may be able to update their mitigation structures to reflect what is happening on the ground, other policies at a state government level are increasingly overriding democracy within local government, and even placing delays on council actions - from informed studies and data-driven knowledge.

In October 2017 the then Coalition NSW government the draft Greater Sydney Region Plan was released which named Mona Vale as a 'Town Centre'. 

This had been preceded in 2016 by the then installed by the Coalition Government Administrator, when Pittwater was forcibly amalgamated with Warringah and Manly, publishing another 'new' version of the prior Pittwater Council's 'Mona Vale Place Plan' which it had been working on when destroyed. 

Although abandoned by that Administrator, as it was clearly being taken up by the NSW Government the following year, this stated it would, now, reflect what has been passed by successive Liberal and Labor governments.

At an October 2016 Meeting community leaders stated:

''Our community involvement has now been muddied by a place planning process that we were largely not included in. We have before us a plan that has a complete disconnect to the workshops held, a draft Plan that challenge’s what our ideas for Mona Vale were. Did we really, say, that we wanted six story buildings? Did we really, say, that we wanted a night time economy like Manly? No, we did not. In fact, one of the big points of difference that we identified to our neighbours in the south, was our low-rise landscape and the human scale and village character of our town centre. We identified as being an area of important low key tourism along with our village neighbours to the north and could see this as an attraction to tourists, investors and talent that could help build our economy. Six storey high buildings are not part of the character that we envisage for Mona Vale and will destroy our village feel. We do not wish to see developers coming in and developing whole precincts, setting a precedent for development in surrounding localities.''

''We already have the real estate agents spruiking the increases to property prices with a revamped Mona Vale and there is still no evidence that Mona Vale needs greater housing stock. Affordable housing does not equate to six storey high buildings.

We still do not know what the economic/environmental cost of population growth equates to in our area. What we do know however is that there is no reference to increased infrastructure in the plan. Only an improved bus service. There is no reference to an upgrade of the sewerage works or water systems and drainage. No reference to our crowded schools. With the continued development of Warriewood and the large land release in Ingleside, the introduction of town house legislation, and the interest in secondary dwellings on the peninsula, it does not paint a pretty picture. We need to respect the carrying capacity of our area when planning for our future.''

This place plan does not represent the communities’ desires. The process has been politically managed and PR dominated. Six thousand hits on a website does not constitute meaningful consultation. The State Government, The Property Council of NSW, The Future Cities group, local real-estate agents, mortgage brokers and banks, the developers waiting in the wings, should not be responsible for the evolution of Mona Vale. Nor should an unelected council executive who are pushing for densification and changes to our LEP.''

See:

The incumbent Labor NSW Government is in the process of changing that 2017/2018 GSRP to 'The Sydney Plan'. The draft Sydney Plan sets out how the NSW Government will manage growth across the Sydney region over the next 20 years. Once finalised, it will replace the Greater Sydney Region Plan – A Metropolis of Three Cities (2018) and associated district plans as the first of a new generation of regional plans outlined in A New Approach to Strategic planning: Discussion Paper. The draft Sydney Plan is currently on exhibition and open for feedback until 5 pm, 27 February 2026.

Mona Vale was maintained as a 'Town Centre' and approved for 6-storey buildings up to 24 metres under the State Government's Low and Mid-Rise policy announced on Friday February 21 2025. 

Sites were selected considering the following criteria:

  • Access to goods and services in the area
  • Public transport frequencies and travel times
  • Critical infrastructure capacity hazards and constraints
  • Local housing targets and rebalancing growth

The buses in the B-line, newly finished upgraded Mona Vale Road East, already ticked off 'Mona Vale Town Centre' prior to feedback, and the council continuing this through its own housing policy, as required at a state level, outweighed what this will do to this part of Pittwater and all those who buy into it.

However, with councils bypassed through NSW Government State Significant Development (SSD's), developers are now taking that minimum Height of Buildings as the baseline, zones for areas as irrelevant, and applying to fill whole blocks with proposals almost three times over the limit, in, once again, known flood zones or on sand.

See:

Residents have stated they are outraged any state government or council expects them to pick up the tab for their past, current and future policies to enable developers greed to be prioritised at the expense of community safety, and approval of environment destruction.

Another factor has become more apparent in the past few weeks. 

The cost of construction has increased so much that developers are abandoning projects in the western suburbs of Sydney in favour of builds in Pittwater and surrounds where the profit margins make these more attractive.

The approval of another underground carpark on the corner of Careel Head and Barrenjoey road in a DA, in another known high risk flood area, where people are seen weekly blowing refuse, into the gutters and blocking drains, and still unchallenged despite reports to the council, is already increasing the level of flooding and inundation of properties alongside this flood zone.

Some history on the site is available in: Careel Head Road Shops and the North Bangalley- Burrowong Creeks

Critics argue that building on or adjacent to floodplains or known flood zones puts lives at risk and, obviously, increases insurance costs - which is, as seen above, is set to be imposed on all residents, not the developers profiting from the same, and as the councils cannot be sued for 'supporting' the same, the huge loss of environment, costs levied on all residents, and ongoing mitigation costs to those who buy into such developments is being sacrificed so developers may profit.

The view north from Careel Head Road, North Avalon in 2022: This frequently flooded corner was causing drivers to cross over the lines into the other lanes to avoid the flooded section. 

Careel Head-Barrenjoey Road section, January 17 2026 - more flooding, more often. Photo: Adam L'G/FB

screenshot of 2023 NBC Careel Head Road and Careel Bay Floodplain risk map - does this need updating again, already?

Housing Targets Rejigged

On May 29-31, 2024, the NSW Government released 5-year housing completion targets for 43 local councils across Greater Sydney, Illawarra-Shoalhaven, Central Coast, and Lower Hunter. These targets aim to deliver 377,000 new homes by 2029 to align with the National Housing Accord, focusing on infill development near existing infrastructure. The State Government is going to these lengths to ensure everyone has a roof over their heads.

Analysts agree Australia's housing crisis stems from a significant imbalance where demand far outstrips supply, driven by rapid population growth (including migration and international students), insufficient new construction (hampered by complex planning and high costs), decades of underinvestment in social housing, and housing being treated as an investment commodity rather than a basic need or human right, leading to soaring prices and rents.

The Northern Beaches Council had already set a target of almost 12,000 new dwellings by 2036 in 2021 under the previous government's requirements. It adopted this at the meeting held on 27 April 2021. Areas for high-density development include Dee Why, Mona Vale, Frenchs Forest, and Brookvale.

The NB council proposed, at that time, a locally specific medium density complying development model as an alternative to the Low-Rise Medium Density Housing Code. Additionally Council proposed seniors and affordable housing as an alternative to the new Housing SEPP (formerly the Affordable Rental Housing 2009 and Seniors and People with a Disability 2004 SEPPs) which were not supported by the then Coalition Government. 

The department’s requirements meant the council cannot pursue everything in its strategy. This included exemption from the Housing SEPP which provides for different housing types such as seniors living and boarding houses.

The 2024 target made the NBC LGA quota 5,900 new completed homes by 2029. In comparison, Mosman Council must supply 500 new complete homes, although that may soon change.

See: Sale of Bulk of HMAS Penguin Site Approved - Pristine Angophora Forest Likely to be Destroyed, Wildlife Killed, Another People's Parkland stolen: Pittwater Annexe will be retained

Councils that meet or exceed these targets can access a $200 million grant pool for community infrastructure like parks and sports facilities.

Concerns are that these targets, focused on completions rather than approvals, may be difficult for councils to control, and that rapid development could affect building quality or the pressure on councils to meet their assigned targets by supporting proposals that will impact homes and residents already in these places - as exampled in the Mona Vale DA's being lodged and passed, as well as the SSD's now seeing proposals to increase what had already been approved, in one instance, in these flood zones.

See: Doubling of prior Bassett Street Mona Vale DA proposal under NSW government SSD's provides stark illustration of impact on local environment of laws written 'for developers' - Community Objections Being silenced or Ignored 

New guide to support councils in identifying land for affordable housing

In addition to the CCNH SEPP, this week, on Wednesday February 18, the NSW Government announced its release of a new guide to support councils in undertaking their own land audits to identify vacant operational council land that could be used to deliver affordable housing projects. 

The Council Led Affordable Housing on Operational Land Guide released by the Office of Local Government provides step-by-step guidance for councils on identifying and managing affordable housing sites utilising operational land – from planning through to construction and delivery.

'A major barrier to building more affordable housing is the high cost of acquiring well-located land. Council owned sites such as former depots or unused facilities that are well serviced and close to public transport can be ideal locations for affordable housing to support low-income households.' the statement reads

'The guide provides detail on delivery options available to councils to release and manage operational land for affordable housing and how councils can form partnerships with entities such as government agencies and housing providers to maximise the impact of affordable housing.'

It also includes case studies showcasing successful affordable housing projects led by councils to meet the needs of their communities. For example, Shoalhaven City Council transformed surplus council land in Bomaderry into 39 affordable housing units, while Lismore City Council is partnering with Landcom, Homes NSW and a community housing provider to construct 56 new affordable housing units.

'The NSW Government has set five-year housing completion targets for 43 local government areas in Sydney, the Illawarra-Shoalhaven, the Lower Hunter and Central Coast, and a single housing target for Regional NSW. In the draft Sydney Plan, out on exhibition at the moment, local affordable housing contribution schemes have been mandated for all councils in Sydney to increase the delivery of affordable homes within their communities.'

'This guide also supports the objectives of the National Housing Accord by encouraging councils to increase housing supply and affordability at the local level.

By harnessing under-utilised operational land in partnership with the NSW Government and community housing providers, councils can make a substantial impact in addressing the state’s housing crisis and deliver access to homes for people in need.'

The guide is available at: https://www.olg.nsw.gov.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Guide-for-Council-Led-Affordable-Housing-on-Operational-Land.pdf

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“All levels of government need to play their part to help address the housing shortage. The Minns Labor Government’s land audit has identified several sites that are no longer being used that can deliver thousands of new homes, with the support of this new guide, we’re asking councils to do the same.

“This builds on the work of our successful Infill Affordable Housing Scheme, the delivery of 400 build-to-rent homes for essential workers on land audit sites in Annandale and Chatswood and mandated minimum affordable housing inclusions for new developments in Transport Oriented Development areas.”

Minister for Local Government Ron Hoenig said:

“Former council depot sites and other surplus buildings often sit on valuable land that could be better utilised for much-needed housing.

“This new guide provides councils as key partners in delivering housing, with the information and tools to address housing affordability in their area.

“Affordable housing is critical for fostering community diversity, boosting local economies and promoting long-term sustainable housing, and councils can help free up unused land to create homes for our key workers and future generations.”

Minister for Housing and Homelessness Rose Jackson said:

“This is what solving the housing crisis looks like – it means looking at it from every angle, pulling down barriers at every turn. 

“We’re working constructively with many councils who want to build more affordable housing for their communities, but sometimes it can be hard to know where to start.

“That’s where this guide comes in. We’re providing the tools to help councils get more projects off the ground, doing their bit to build a future for young Australians."

Have your say: Climate Change and Natural Hazards SEPP

The NSW Government is seeking feedback on its proposed Climate Change and Natural Hazards State Environmental Planning Policy (SEPP).

''The proposed policy introduces a clear, consistent framework for tackling current and future risks, including climate change and natural hazards (coastal hazards, flooding, bushfires, and urban heat), and rebuilding after natural disasters''. the webpage states

'By bringing climate change and natural hazard frameworks together in one place, the policy makes planning controls easier to access, understand, and apply.  

The policy will support the new object in the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 to better respond to these risks and make decisions that reflect the level of risk involved'.

The government states the proposed policy will:

  • Introduce new guidelines for managing natural hazards and update existing natural hazards controls to streamline decision-making.
  • Focus on climate risks, rebuilding after natural disasters, coastal hazards, flooding, bushfires and urban heat.
  • Establish a consistent approach for assessing climate risk and natural hazards throughout development assessment.
  • Provide an all-hazards approach to planning to ensure communities and developments are resilient to both current and future risks.
  • Help consent authorities, such as local councils, assess climate and natural hazard risks for different development types and guide decisions based on acceptable risk levels.

As part of the exhibition, the government is also seeking feedback on:

  • Draft Climate Change Scenario Guidelines outlining climate scenarios to be used with natural hazard frameworks.
  • Draft Urban Heat Policy Statement detailing objectives and planning principles to build resilience to urban heat.

The proposed SEPP will replace the existing State Environmental Planning Policy (Resilience and Hazards) 2021.

''Your feedback is valuable and will help inform the making of the Climate Change and Natural Hazards SEPP. A submissions report will be available on this page once the review is complete.'' the webpage states

Read the Explanation of Intended Effect

Related documents

The proposed policy is on exhibition through an Explanation of Intended Effect until 5pm on Monday, 16 March 2026. 

Documents and Feedback page at: www.planningportal.nsw.gov.au/draftplans/exhibition/have-your-say-climate-change-and-natural-hazards-sepp

A 'tolerable level of risk'

The 'intended effect' document states:

'Supporting planning and consent authorities to consider future climate risk should not slow the development process or add unreasonable cost. The proposed CC&NH SEPP will consider climate and natural hazard risks early in planning decisions to reduce risk, deliver economic benefits, including minimising future costs associated with insurance and recovery after a disaster, and ensure homes are delivered in the right locations. There are existing natural hazard frameworks that require consideration of individual hazards, such as for flood, coastal hazards and bush fire.

However, anecdotally, there is often uncertainty about how these frameworks relate, how they should inform the decision-making process and whether they are targeting risk at an appropriate point in the planning cycle. Additionally, other natural hazards and climate change impacts, such as heatwaves and urban heat, have less mature planning system responses and frameworks in place.

Given human nature, there is also often a perception that the most recent hazard faced should be the most important consideration.

This EIE outlines proposals to remove provisions in existing environmental planning instruments and replace them with consolidated provisions in the CC&NH SEPP. It also proposes a new Ministerial Direction to complement the CC&NH SEPP at the rezoning stage, a new NSW Urban Heat Policy for Land Use Planning (Urban Heat Policy) and seeks feedback on potential urban heat provisions that would extend the emerging natural hazard framework for heatwaves and urban heat.

The CC&NH SEPP will seek to help planning and consent authorities consider a development proposal based on that proposal’s scale and context, recognising that different developments will have different risk profiles over time, with the aim of delivering a final decision that represents a tolerable level of risk. To achieve this, the CC&NH SEPP will include the following overarching principles:

  • planning decisions consider future climate risk and relevant natural hazards
  • planning decisions reduce future exposure and vulnerability to natural hazards and climate risk
  • planning decisions appropriately balance and manage future costs and risk to life from natural hazards and climate risk
  • planning decisions improve the health of Country (therefore Aboriginal communities) in a changing climate.

The CC&NH SEPP will apply state-wide through existing natural hazard frameworks. Provisions for individual hazards will continue to apply to areas as mapped or identified as applicable to specific hazard clauses. It will also apply to local development, State significant development and State significant infrastructure.'

Page 13 of the 'Intended Effect' document states:

‘’SI LEP clause 5.22 – special flood considerations It is proposed to move clause 5.22 (optional) into the CC&NH SEPP. Currently, clause 5.22 applies in 42 LEPs across NSW. As part of submissions to this EIE, councils are encouraged to identify if they would like to opt in to clause 5.22 in the CC&NH SEPP. The CC&NH SEPP will not make clause 5.22 mandatory, and this EIE seeks feedback on the local government areas to which the new clause will apply under the CC&NH SEPP. It is proposed to update the clause to standardise the sensitive and hazardous land uses to which it applies, and to consider updates relating to risk-based decision making, co-incident flood and coastal hazard impacts, consideration of shelter-in-place and other evacuation related issues.’’

Flood prone land mapping 

Flood prone land maps are published and maintained by councils or where relevant, State Government. These maps identify where planning processes must consider flooding. It is proposed to include a clause in the CC&NH SEPP giving effect to flood prone land maps prepared by each council or planning authority. The CC&NH SEPP will not include these maps, but these should be available on the relevant council website and/or on the NSW State Emergency Service flood data portal.’’

Worth noting is Planning circular, Issued 1 March 2024 'Update on addressing flood risk in planning decisions' ;

This states: 

'As outlined in the Considering flooding in land use planning guideline, councils should also update their development control plans (DCPs) to indicate the relevant flood planning levels and flood planning areas that have been identified through the FRM process and where they apply.'

Development assessment

Before determining a development application (DA), the consent authority is required to undertake an evaluation of the proposed development in accordance with relevant legislation, plans, development controls, policies and guidelines. Provisions that may be applicable to flood-related planning assessment include:

  • section 4.15 Evaluation (EP&A Act) – Identifies matters to consider when determining DAs, including associated LEP and DCP requirements that may include flood-related development controls
  • clause 5.21 Flood Planning (Standard Instrument – Principal Local Environmental Plan (SILEP)) – Compulsory LEP provision with considerations and requirements for development proposed within the flood planning area
  • clause 5.22 Special Flood Considerations (SILEP) – Optional LEP 2  provision with requirements for sensitive and hazardous development on land between the flood planning area and the PMF, and other development on land that may present a flood safety risk. 

Acronyms: Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) and Flood Risk Management (FRM).

Proposed Climate Change and Natural Hazards SEPP welcomed by insurers

Insurer Suncorp welcomed the New South Wales Government’s proposed reforms of its planning framework, which it states would strengthen the assessment of climate and extreme weather risks when approving new homes.

The announcement comes after Suncorp released its public policy paper, Affordable and Resilient Private Housing Supply, at the insurer’s Future Housing Roundtable in Canberra in October 2025.

Suncorp’s roundtable brought together leaders from insurance, housing, and government to develop practical solutions to build affordable homes better equipped to withstand extreme weather events.

Suncorp CEO Steve Johnston said the proposed Climate Change and Natural Hazards State Environmental Planning Policy (SEPP) represents a significant step forward in building resilience to extreme weather across NSW and sets a new national benchmark for climate-responsive planning.

Suncorp CEO Steve Johnston said:

“We have seen the results of fragmented legislative and regulatory frameworks lead to a concerning number of new homes being approved in floodplains, bushfire-prone areas and coastal regions exposed to inundation," 

“We commend the Minns Government for taking action to deliver more sustainable and climate-resilient housing across the state.”

Mr Johnston said past decisions to allow unsuitable construction in floodplains and bushfire-prone greenfield sites were directly contributing to cost-of-living pressures for homeowners.

“Insurers are dealing with the fallout. In the past five years alone, insured losses in Australia from extreme weather have reached an estimated $22.5 billion — up 67 per cent from the previous five-year period — and the risks continue to rise,” Mr Johnston said.

"When thousands of homes are built in high-risk areas, higher insurance premiums and greater financial exposure for households and the government are the inevitable result. This is why it is essential to factor climate and natural hazard risk into new housing approvals.” Mr Johnston said.

Meanwhile, residents of Pittwater state they are still waiting on due process, and getting out the gum boots when more rain is forecast to be heading their way.

Careel creek burst banks and floods residents yards. Video supplied

 

End of Summer Dispersal of birds From Birth Nests + Flying Foxes Feasting on Spotted Gum Blossoms

Pittwater residents, including our local Vet, have been hearing lots of owls at night of late, a classic end-of Summer nocturnal music as these juvenile birds begin finding their way in the world, having grown out of their birth nests.

This Powerful, photographed by PON's Features Photographer Michael Mannington OAM of Community Photography, was spotted in Mona Vale this week.

He's a boy and has been checked by Sydney Wildlife volunteers a few times over recent days. Apparently there are possums in the vicinity and he’s waiting for a dusk feed. He also ranges through Kitchener park as part of his new domain.

Another nocturnal music being heard by those still working late are Flying Foxes feasting on what is blooming - in the PON yard at present that's Pittwater Spotted gums - and they're joined in nocturnal flight by the microbats pair that also live in these same trees.

The birds watched growing up this past Summer are also dispersing or have already gone - off into the greater expanses of blue hills meeting green hills meeting blue skies.

See: Summer BirdFest 2026: Play antics of New Locals - Blue-faced Honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater or All February 2026 Environment News

It's all classic end-of Summer in Pittwater stuff.

Please slow down at Dusk and Dawn

The powerful owl (Ninox strenua), a species of owl native to south-eastern and eastern Australia, is the largest owl on the continent. It is found in coastal areas and in the Great Dividing Range, rarely more than 200 km (120 mi) inland. 

The powerful owl has a long tail and a small head, giving it an atypical silhouette for an owl and imparting a more hawk-like appearance than any other large owl. The protruding bill and distinct brow ridges enhance the hawk-like appearance of the species.

This species measures 45 to 65 cm (18 to 26 in) in length and spans 112 to 135 cm (44 to 53 in) across the wings. Unlike in a vast majority of owl species, the male is slightly larger than the female on average. Body mass in males has been reported at 0.99 to 2.22 kg (2.2 to 4.9 lb), with 13 males averaging 1.45 kg (3.2 lb), while females can weigh from 1.04 to 1.6 kg (2.3 to 3.5 lb), with an average in 9 females of 1.25 kg (2.8 lb). Among all the owls in the world, the powerful owl is the ninth longest from bill-to-tail, the tenth heaviest and the eighth longest winged. - From Wikipedia and BirdLife Australia

''Majestic is the suitable description.'' - Michael Mannington OAM, February 17, 2026

Generally, this species lives in primary forests with tall, native trees, but can show some habitat flexibility when not nesting. The powerful owl is a typically territorial raptorial bird that maintains a large home range and has long intervals between egg-laying and hatching of clutches. Also, like many types of raptorial birds, they must survive a long stretch to independence in young owls after fledging.

They are an apex predator and are often opportunists, like most predators, but generally are dedicated to hunting arboreal mammals, in particular small to medium-sized marsupials. Such prey can comprise about three-quarters of their diet. 

As insects also form part of their diet, residents are asked to slow down at dusk and dawn as they will frequently feed at the sides of roads and this can lead to impacts with cars - please slow down!

If you do come across wildlife that has been injured or needs help, please contact:

Sydney Wildlife: For 24/7 Emergency Rescue or Advice CALL 9413 4300

WIRES: For emergency rescue support 24/7 please call 1300 094 737 

Both operate 24/7 with local volunteers ready to help our other local residents - the feathered, furry and scaled. Their mission is to rescue and care for sick, injured, and orphaned native wildlife and to safely release them back into the wild

More of MM's photos:

    

 

NSW Government invests $1 million to fund biocontrol research to manage weeds: pittwater's 2020-2021 Connections

On Tuesday February 10 2026 the NSW Government announced it has granted $1 million to Australia’s national science agency CSIRO to carry out biocontrol research to help control invasive weeds.

'Biocontrol reduces weeds by deploying natural biological agents, such as fungi or insects, and is increasingly important as an environment-friendly, self-sustaining and cost-effective weed-management tool.' the government said in a released statement

The funding is good news for threatened species, primary producers and supporting healthy Country.

Invasive weeds cost Australian agriculture industries close to $4.9 billion each year through crop loss and weed-management costs. On average, biocontrol returns $23 in benefits for every $1 invested and significantly reduces reliance on herbicides.

This $1 million investment by the NSW Environmental Trust for the 2025–26 financial year will support new research initiatives led by CSIRO in partnership with the NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) and NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW).

The initiatives will target 11 weeds across diverse ecosystems from arid lands to moist forests. For example, mass-rearing and releasing a cochineal insect to tackle Hudson pear, while a leaf-smut fungus will manage wandering trad – each tailored to the specific environment and species.

Native to South America, wandering trad is a fleshy-leaved creeping plant that grows as a ground cover. 

When it escapes into bushland, wandering trad smothers and crowds out native plants. It is considered a major environmental weed in subtropical and temperate rainforests. It has become a major problem in Pittwater.

Wandering trad has infested native forests across eastern Australia, from eastern parts of NSW and south-east Queensland, to the Dandenong Ranges in Victoria where the biocontrol agent was first released in 2019.

A CSIRO-Pittwater Natural Heritage Association project, co-funded by CSIRO and the New South Wales Government through its Environmental Trust, facilitating stakeholders’ releases of the fungus across the range of wandering trad in New South Wales, commenced in Pittwater in 2020.

Members of PNHA placed pieces of Trad infected with the fungus Kordiana were planted among healthy Trad beside the track to the Irrawong waterfall at Narrabeen, in McCarrs Creek Reserve Church Point and in Bangalley Head Reserve near the track on Whale Beach Rd.

The fungus may take a while to spread to healthy Trad. The effect will be to suppress its growth by damaging its leaves rather than kill it completely. This release is just the first of many to come. 

Don't worry, it's not another Cane Toad. It has been carefully tested by the CSIRO and only infects Trad and not its close native relative Commelina which has blue flowers.

See:  Trad Biocontrol release in Pittwater

An April 2021 update from PNHA showed the project was working.

Trad biocontrol in Ingleside Chase Reserve: Success! Trad biocontrol smut takes off

From Pittwater Nature, Issue 5 April 2021:

You’ll have read about our October 2020 smut releases in PNHA Newsletter 86.

We’re excited to announce that Trad next to where we planted some infected stems along the track to the Irrawong waterfall is looking yellow and sick. The spores of the smut, a type of fungus, have started spreading and infecting healthy Trad. We were advised to wait for up to a year for results, so to see Trad dying after only six months is wonderful.

We receive boxes of infected stems from the CSIRO in Canberra. In February this year we planted stems amongst dense Trad along Narrabeen Creek at Warriewood. This April we planted in the Avalon reserves Toongari, Palmgrove Park and Plateau Park and in Crescent Reserve Newport. A few stems were also planted in the Avalon Community Garden. McCarrs Creek Reserve had been planted in October, but in April we planted more in other areas there.

Click here: https://blog.csiro.au/smut-to-the-rescue/ to read about the CSIRO’s Wandering Trad biocontrol program.

Left: Smut spores form on the lower surface of the leaf. Centre: Yellow dying cells from upper surface. Right: Infected area. Leaves will die, the plant will collapse, native vegetation can get light. Bush regenerators and gardeners, rejoice!

Next Steps

The state government states the next steps to manage weeds are to ensure all approved biocontrol agents are easy and safe for the community to use.

Following biocontrol agent releases, monitoring programs will evaluate their impacts on weeds and the recovery of native ecosystems, and findings will be shared through a statewide network.

The project includes a co-designed Aboriginal Engagement Plan ensuring Traditional Custodian knowledge and values guide biocontrol efforts and strengthen outcomes on Country.

The Trust has already invested $3.4 million to date. Previous projects have reduced the impacts of serious environmental weeds such as the coastal invader sea spurge, helping native species to recover.

Dr Ben Gooden, CSIRO Senior Research Scientist said:

"This project unites cutting-edge science and ecological knowledge to tackle one of our most persistent environmental challenges – restoring landscapes impacted by invasive weeds.

"Biocontrol offers a sustainable, long-term solution to managing invasive weeds, helping native ecosystems recover and thrive without the need for repeated chemical intervention.

"Successful biocontrol reduces the burden on land managers, improves biodiversity, and supports more resilient landscapes for future generations."

NSW Environmental Trust Director, Katie Robinson said:

“This funding is part of the NSW Government’s Environmental Trust’s support to tackle invasive weeds across NSW.

“Invasive weeds threaten 40 per cent of threatened species and 89 per cent of endangered ecological communities in NSW.

“Weeds are a serious threat to our environment and economy. Biocontrol is another tool to manage weeds in the future.”

PNHA Volunteers planting infected stems of Trad amongst healthy Trad beside the boardwalk in Warriewood in October 2020 - note how the Trad has engulfed this section of local bushland reserves - beforehand. Report Photos: PNHA

Climate outlook for March to June

Issued 12 February 2026 by BOM

Long-range forecast overview

The long-range forecast for March to May shows:

  • Rainfall is likely to be below average for most of the southern two-thirds of Australia.
  • Daytime temperatures are very likely to be above average across most of the southern two-thirds of Australia and parts of far northern Australia.
  • Overnight temperatures are likely to very likely to be above average across much of Australia.

Rainfall—Summary

Below average autumn rainfall likely for much of the south

March to May

  • Autumn rainfall is likely to be below average (60 to 80% chance) for most of the southern two-thirds of Australia. The drier than average forecast signal generally increases in extent and likelihood as the season progresses.
  • For much of northern Australia, the rainfall forecast for March to May does not strongly favour a particular outcome, meaning there are roughly equal chances that rainfall will be above, below or close to average.
  • This rainfall forecast from ACCESS-S is generally consistent with forecasts from most international models although ACCESS-S predicts higher chances of below average rainfall.
  • There is an increased chance of unusually low rainfall1 (over 50% chance) for parts of north-eastern Tasmania and South Australia's interior. 
  • For the month of March, the rainfall forecast does not strongly favour a particular outcome for much of the country, however rainfall is likely to be above average (60 to 70% chance) for parts of Cape York Peninsula, the Top End and northern Kimberley and below average in scattered parts of southern and central Australia.

1Unusually low rainfall is that in the driest 20% of March to May records between 1981 and 2018.

Temperature—Summary

Warmer than average autumn days and nights likely across most of Australia

March to May

  • Maximum temperatures for autumn are very likely to be above average (more than 80% chance) across most of Australia.
  • The chance of above average maximum temperatures is closer to 50% for northern parts of Queensland and the Northern Territory, where rainfall and increased cloud cover, particularly during March, may act to moderate temperatures.
  • These temperature forecasts from ACCESS-S are generally consistent with most international models, although ACCESS-S predicts higher chances of warmer than average temperatures, especially over the northern interior of Australia.
  • Much of Australia has an increased chance of unusually high maximum temperatures2 (over 50% chance), with the strongest chances in north-eastern Tasmania, and far western and eastern Australia (over 70% chance).
  • Minimum temperatures are likely to be above average (60% to over 80% chance) across most of Australia, with lower chances (closer to 50%) for the Kimberley, central Australia and some inland parts of south-eastern Australia.
  • There is an increased chance of unusually high minimum temperatures2 (over 50% chance) for parts of far western Australia and the Cape York Peninsula.

2Unusually high maximum and minimum temperatures are those in the warmest 20% of March to May days and nights, respectively, between 1981 and 2018.

We use our long-range model, ACCESS-S, to forecast up to four months ahead. It simulates how the atmosphere and oceans may change, using millions of observations from satellites, land stations, and ocean instruments.

We also track global climate indicators to help understand long-term weather patterns. These mainly reflect how the ocean and atmosphere interact.

Current climate indicators:

  • Sea surface temperatures (SSTs) during January 2026 were the sixth warmest on record in the Australian region and the fourth warmest for the global average.
  • The sea surface temperature (SST) analysis for the week ending 8 February 2026 shows warmer than average waters persist off parts of the Western Australian coastline, in particular the Gascoyne and south-western Pilbara coasts. Cooler than average waters remain in the Tasman Sea, Bass Strait and in the Arafura and Timor seas to Australia's north.
  • Forecasts for March to May show SSTs are likely to be warmer-than-average across much of the Australian region, but closer to average off parts of the southern and northern Australian coasts. Warmer oceans can provide increased moisture and energy, that can enhance the severity of storms, cyclones and rain systems.
  • La Niña is easing in the tropical Pacific

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

North Avalon Beach Dune Planting

Sunday, 1 March 2026 - 08:30 am to 12:00 pm

Join us to stabilise North Avalon Beach Dune. All community members are welcome from 8:30am-midday.

Please bring:

  • Gloves
  • Hat, sunglasses and sunscreen
  • Wear long pants and sleeved shirt
  • Enclosed boots/shoes 

Meeting point: North Avalon Beach; Refer to exact location below:

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Community helps shift future of NSW national parks: Applications from Community Members invited to join Regional Committees

Tuesday February 17, 2026

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) is inviting applications from community members across the state to join its eight Regional Advisory Committees, helping shape the future management of some of NSW most iconic national parks and reserves.

NPWS recognising the value of lived experience, cultural knowledge and diverse perspectives in caring for NSW’s protected areas is strongly encouraging applications from Aboriginal people, people from culturally and linguistically diverse communities, young people, people with disability and veterans.

Regional Advisory Committees provide advice on the management of national parks and reserves across NSW – including the Blue Mountains National Park, Royal National Park, Kosciuszko National Park, Mungo National Park, Myall Lakes National Park and parks along the North Coast, South Coast and Greater Sydney.

Committee members play an important role in connecting NPWS with local communities and ensuring regional voices help inform park planning, conservation and visitor management.

In 2025, the Regional Advisory Committees were briefed on the rollout of body work cameras for authorised officers and provided comments on early proposals for fee reform and updates to the format of plans of management.

The Blue Mountains Regional Advisory Committee visited Gardens of Stone State Conservation Area to inspect campsites and track work and Northern Inland provided comments on Cuttaburra National Park and Thurloo Downs Statements of Management Intent.

The South Coast provided advice on Ben Boyd and Bell Bird Creek Nature Reserve draft plans of management and visited the Kembla Mountain Bike Tracks and the West Regional Advisory Committee reviewed the public submissions and provided advice to the Minister for the Kalyarr National Park Draft Plan of Management.

Up to 17 members will be appointed to each committee across the following NPWS field branches:

  • West
  • Northern Inland
  • Blue Mountains
  • Southern Ranges
  • North Coast
  • Hunter Central Coast
  • Greater Sydney
  • South Coast

Under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, Regional Advisory Committees provide advice to the Minister for the Environment on plans of management, and to the Department Secretary and the National Parks and Wildlife Advisory Council on policies, plans and activities relevant to each region.

NPWS is seeking applicants with diverse backgrounds, skills and experience, including in:

  • Conservation and environmental management
  • Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal cultural heritage
  • Community engagement
  • Education
  • Recreation, ecotourism and sustainable visitor use
  • Historic and World Heritage conservation
  • Rural and regional issues

NPWS Director Policy and Engagement Claire Allen said:

“We want our national parks to reflect the communities they belong to. NPWS strongly encourages applications from Aboriginal people, culturally and linguistically diverse communities, young people, people with disability and veterans.

“Regional Advisory Committees help shape how all parks, including Blue Mountains, Royal and Kosciuszko. are protected and enjoyed, ensuring local voices inform park management.

“If you have a connection and strategic interest in your local national park and want to make a difference, we encourage you to apply.”

Applications close at 11:55pm on Wednesday 25 February 2026 and can be made online at:  www.environment.nsw.gov.au/racs

New analysis confirms ongoing destruction of high-value habitat under NSW land clearing laws: NCC

On February 12 2026 the Nature Conservation Council of NSW (NCC) warned that NSW’s land clearing laws are actively driving the destruction of some of the state’s most important wildlife habitat, despite explicit election promises from the NSW Labor Government to stop it. 

New analysis by the Wentworth Group of Concerned Scientists has shown that between 2010 and 2023, 677,500 hectares was cleared, including 13,880 hectares of high-biodiversity habitat and 33,682 hectares in sensitive riparian areas - habitat to threatened species that should be afforded the highest legal protection.  

“More than any other issue, Labor has failed to deliver on its election promise to stop land clearing” Jacqui Mumford, NCC CEO said   

“The new evidence is confronting – some species, like the critically endangered Narrabarba wattle has been cleared across 16% of its NSW distribution. 

“There is a clear disconnect between our current nature laws and on-ground biodiversity outcomes. 

“High-value habitat that should be untouchable is still being bulldozed. 

“Labor was elected promising to fix land clearing, yet we are still operating under Liberal-National rules that stripped back nature protections and gave landholders power to clear land with no oversight. 

“Clearing native vegetation is widely recognised as one of the greatest drivers of biodiversity decline – it wipes out homes for wildlife and disrupts natural environmental processes. 

“This report confirms what communities have been saying for years: the laws are failing, and the government has not delivered on their promise to fix rules that don’t work.” Jacqui Mumford said 

This latest report adds to mounting evidence of the urgency of reform. 

“How many times do community and civil society groups need to demonstrate that change is urgent? The Government’s own reporting shows biodiversity across NSW is in ongoing decline, exposing fundamental flaws in the current land management framework,” Ms Mumford said. 

The NSW Government has committed to ‘protect, restore and improve biodiversity in NSW’ and to ‘leave nature better off than we found it’ through its Plan for Nature (2024). Those commitments remain unmet, NCC states. 

We need to see:  

  1. An ambitious Nature Strategy for NSW, with clear targets and well-resourced programs which protect important habitat on the ground, to turn this trajectory around and make gains in restored land. 
  2. An overhaul of the land management rules currently governing how habitat can be cleared, including a rethink of the out of date ‘invasive native species’ provisions, which are still allowing hectares to be chain cleared with no oversight. 

Background 

This new report by the Wentworth Group finds that high biodiversity value habitat, threatened species and migratory bird habitat and essential riparian habitat have all been cleared under the current land clearing rules. These ecosystems are supposed to be afforded the highest possible legal protection.  

View the new report by the Wentworth Group of Concerned scientists here.  

Key findings of the report include: 

  • Between 2010 and 2023 677,500 hectares of native vegetation was cleared in NSW, including 13,880 ha of areas identified as high biodiversity value, and 33,682ha in riparian areas (within 100m of a major river, 50m of minor river or 200m from edge of lake) 
  • Critically endangered, nationally and state, Narrabarba wattle had 16.5% of it's mapped distribution in NSW cleared. 
  • Threatened ecological community, Warkworth sands woodland of the Hunter Valley had 14.2% of its mapped distribution cleared. 
  • Clearing occurred in habitat of 709 threatened or migratory species that occur in NSW. 
  • For 12 threatened species, more than 5% of their known extent was cleared.  

Agriculture remains the largest driver of land clearing in NSW. Much of this clearing is authorised under the ‘invasive native species’ code, a framework introduced by the former Liberal-National Government that enables native vegetation to be cleared en masse.  

The Nature Conservation Council has repeatedly called for a review of the invasive native species designation and is currently undertaking legal action to prevent Verdant Earth from sourcing native vegetation cleared under the INS code for electricity generation.

 Land clearing in western NSW. Photo by Alex Bonner CC BY-NC via iNaturalist. Image supplied.

Legal action against ‘closed’ coal mine that’s still wrecking protected landscapes

On February 11 2026 the Nature Conservation Council of NSW (NCC) advised environment group 4nature has launched action in the Land and Environment Court to require Centennial Coal to rehabilitate the long-dormant Angus Place coal mine near Lithgow. 

4nature is a member of the Gardens of Stone Alliance that is calling for action to prevent coal mines in the region damaging sandstone cliffs, endangered upland swamps and Aboriginal cultural sites within the Gardens of Stone State Conservation Area, a protected landscape adjoining the Greater Blue Mountains World Heritage Area. 

“This mine should already have been cleaned up. It has been closed for 10 years but continues to damage some of the most spectacular and sensitive landscapes in NSW,” said Jacqui Mills, spokesperson for the Gardens of Stone Alliance. 

“Centennial Coal has failed to meet development consent obligations to rehabilitate the mine and restore the environment, and the NSW government has allowed them to get away with it. Ms Mills stated

“Whilst it remains inactive, to protect mining infrastructure, up to 13 million litres a day of toxic water is pumped from the disused mine, polluting waterways that flow into Sydney’s drinking water catchment. 

“The proper rehabilitation Centennial was supposed to complete would stop most of this pollution. The real reason Centennial Coal won’t act is because they want to reopen and expand the mine into Angus Place West. This must never be allowed to happen.” 

4nature  states Angus Place West would pose a serious threat to the unique Gardens of Stone area. Mining shallow coal seams – some as little as 43 metres below the surface – beneath fragile sandstone geology would place pagodas and cliffs at risk of collapse. Endangered wetlands, groundwater systems and Aboriginal heritage sites could sustain permanent damage. 

“This is a high-conservation, high-consequence area; it should never be treated as expendable. Lithgow and greater Sydney deserve clean water and a well-managed transition away from coal to a diverse economy and clean, renewable future,” Ms Mills said. 

The Gardens of Stone Alliance was formed in 2005 to protect the natural and cultural values of the Gardens of Stone. Its members include the Blue Mountains Conservation Society, Lithgow Environment Group, Nature Conservation Council of NSW, Wilderness Australia, 4nature, Bushwalking NSW and the National Parks Association of NSW.  

First Ecological Performance Scorecard for northern NSW forests

Monday February 16, 2026

The NSW Department of Environment has stated the overall ecological health of seven national parks and reserves in northern NSW, including parts of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Gondwana Rainforests of Australia, has been measured on a large scale for the first time.

The 243,000 ha Great Divide Northern Forests site, assessed by the Ecological Health Performance Scorecards program, includes Oxley Wild Rivers National Park and State Conservation Area, Carrai National Park and State Conservation Area, Werrikimbe National Park, Willi Willi National Park and Willi Willi Caves Nature Reserve.

Sixty-seven monitoring sites were extensively surveyed producing over 420,000 images, 467,000 audio recordings and extensive data on plants, soil, water and fire. Results help inform park management and conservation programs.

The Department's Great Divide Northern Forests Scorecard reveals:

  • The site has retained 98 per cent of its original mammal assemblage from before European settlement.
  • The vulnerable yellow-bellied glider was detected in eight new locations for the first time.
  • Several threatened mammal species have strongholds in GNF, notably the endangered Hastings River mouse, vulnerable spotted-tailed quoll and Parma wallaby.
  • The overall population of the endangered brush-tailed rock-wallaby appears to have been increasing over the past 10 years.
  • Populations of the threatened long-nosed potoroo and rufous scrub-bird are recovering following the 2019–20 bushfires.
  • The population of the endangered gorge rice-flower within the GNF is stable.
  • The population of the critically endangered plant, Leionema westonii, is stable.

The Scorecard also reveals some challenges:

  • Nine feral animal species occur in the reserves. Feral cats were detected at 69 per cent of monitoring sites. Fox presence was low, detected at 15 per cent of monitoring sites.
  • The site has moderate water quality which is likely to be influenced by land use activities outside the reserves.
  • A total of 39 weed species were recorded at 40 per cent of monitoring sites.
  • Almost 80 per cent burned during the 2019–20 bushfires.

The National Parks and Wildlife Service states it is tackling these challenges including targeted weed control and aerial baiting for introduced predators.

The Great Divide Northern Forests Scorecard will also include results from targeted monitoring of the stuttering and sphagnum frogs, southern greater glider and Willi Willi zieria.

The Scorecards program is NPWS’ largest ecological health monitoring program. The program systematically measures the ecological health of eight national park sites over time to inform evidence-based park management.

For further detailed information and to read the program, visit Ecological Health Performance Scorecards program.

National Parks and Wildlife Deputy Secretary Alex Graham said:

"For the first time at a broad scale, we have a comprehensive picture of the ecological health of some of our most treasured national parks, including areas of World Heritage-listed Gondwana Rainforests.

“This landmark Scorecard shows the vital role of ecological monitoring in understanding the health of our national parks and guiding effective, science-based park management.

"Understanding and protecting these ancient rainforests and the incredible biodiversity they hold is not just a priority – it’s our global responsibility."

Leionema westonii is a flowering plant in the family Rutaceae and is endemic to New South Wales. It has white flowers borne in upper leaf axils.

Leionema westonii is a multi-branched shrub to 70 cm (28 in) high and forms a rhizome. The stems are covered with spreading, soft, fine, simple white hairs. The leaves are linear-shaped or narrow elliptic, 6–16 mm (0.24–0.63 in) long, 1–1.8 mm (0.039–0.071 in) wide, margins rolled under, apex pointed, upper surface covered with spreading, soft, weak hairs, lower surface covered with white, minute protuberances and with sparsely soft, fine, weak hairs. The single flowers are borne in upper leaf axils on a pedicel 3–5.5 mm (0.12–0.22 in) long, bracteole 2.4–2.8 mm (0.094–0.110 in) long and covered with soft, spreading hairs and tapering gradually to a point. The calyx is cup-shaped, 1.3–1.6 mm (0.051–0.063 in) long, with occasional long, stiff, upright hairs, sometimes with minute star-shaped hairs, triangular shaped teeth about 1 mm (0.039 in) long. The white petals are 4–4.6 mm (0.16–0.18 in) long, upper surface smooth, lower surface dotted with glands and with occasional short soft, weak, thin hairs. Flowering occurs from late Summer to Autumn. The specific epithet (westonii) honours Peter Henry Weston a co-discoverer of the species in 2004.

Photo: Leionema westonii (copyright) Lachlan Copeland – some rights reserved (CC BY-SA) - sourced from iNaturalist

NSW manufacturing can reduce gas consumption by 75% with the right policy support

NSW’s small to medium manufacturing sector has the potential to reduce its gas consumption by 75% by 2050 with the right policy support, future-proofing industry and helping to tackle climate change, according to the Nature Conservation Council of NSW

A new report, Future Proofing NSW Small to Medium Sized Industry: A Decarbonisation Roadmap, released February 10 by the Nature Conservation Council of NSW, records that by supporting this sector to get off gas will deliver long-term economic and employment benefits for regional NSW. 

Small to medium industries, representing 12% of NSW’s gas use, are not expected to reduce gas use to 2050 under current policy settings according to the report.  Coordinated policy action from the NSW government is crucial to help these industries overcome existing barriers to get off gas. 

By improving electricity network readiness streamlining and simplifying grant programs, lifting workforce capability, and unlocking timely capital investment, total gas use for small to medium manufacturers in NSW can be reduced from 14.5 PJ to 3.1 PJ by 2050. 

Eve Altman, Clean Energy Campaigner, of the Nature Conservation Council of NSW said:   

“As the NSW government looks to develop a Gas Decarbonisation Roadmap, it’s crucial that all types and sizes of industry are supported to get off polluting gas. 

“Anyone who’s paid an energy bill in NSW knows how expensive gas is. It’s no different for businesses here.

“These businesses currently fall through the cracks in Federal and State policy, meaning it’s much harder for them to get the support they need to decarbonise.

“By supporting these businesses to shift to proven technology like heat pumps, the NSW Government could shore up Australian manufacturing, support almost 8,000 businesses to keep over 100,000 jobs in NSW and support regional economies.” 

Case studies 

1. After participating in an NSW government heat pump feasibility study pilot program, pharmaceutical company AstraZeneca installed a heat pump in their Sydney manufacturing plant which saw a 46% reduction in gas use. This shows how important government support is in helping small to medium manufactures overcome barriers and kickstart their gas substitution journey. 

2. In 2024, plastics manufacturer Quenos went into administration, blaming both the rising cost and unreliable supply of gas. Rising gas costs pose a financial risk for all manufacturers in NSW. A strong policy strategy is needed to support the small to medium manufacturing sector to move off gas and onto more reliable energy sources.

Cover of new report, Future Proofing NSW Small to Medium Sized Industry: A Decarbonisation Roadmap,

NSW Government's Heat Pump Feasibility Grant for businesses: closes March 31

Learn how heat pumps could lower your energy costs and emissions here.

Key information

  • Status: open now
  • Grant amount: up to $30,000 to cover up to 75% of the project costs
  • Application closing date: Tuesday, 31 March 2026 at 5 pm (AEDT) or earlier, if funding is exhausted
  • Total funding amount: $1 million

Heat pumps are an effective solution to cut costs and decarbonise heating systems. Switching to heat pumps can benefit your businesses in many ways, including:

  • lowering energy costs
  • reducing exposure to volatile global energy prices
  • reducing carbon emissions.

Discover energy savings that were identified during the NSW Government's Heat Pump Feasibility pilot program. 

The Heat Pump Feasibility Grant is a great opportunity for eligible NSW businesses to assess whether a heat pump is a feasible option for your site. You can apply for up to $30,000 to cover 75% of the project costs.

What’s included in the grant funding

The grant provides funding to help you work with a specialist consultant who will first assess your site for any major barriers to installing a heat pump. If these barriers can be overcome, you will receive funding for a detailed feasibility study. This will help you make an informed decision about whether a heat pump is the right fit for your site.  

The grant includes 3 milestones:

  • Milestone 1: Up to $5,000 to cover up to 75% of the cost to identify if a heat pump is suitable for your business site. This is an opportunity to identify potential barriers to heat pump implementation and assess possible solutions. The results of milestone 1 will determine your progression to milestone 2.
  • Milestone 2: Develop the heat pump design against the site’s current process requirements. There is no payment of Grant funding at milestone 2.
  • Milestone 3: Up to $25,000 (covering up to 75% of costs) to develop a detailed heat pump feasibility study (for milestone 2 and 3).  

For full details about what is included and what is not, please read the funding guidelines (PDF, 637KB). 

Who can apply  

To be eligible for this Grant, you must meet all the following criteria:    

  • You have an Australian Business Number (ABN) and are registered for goods and services tax (GST).    
  • You are delivering your heat pump project at a NSW business site address.  
  • You use between 5,000 and 100,000 gigajoules (GJ) of gas (liquified natural gas, liquified petroleum gas, natural gas) per year at your business site, excluding fuel for transport. You must be able to provide evidence of your annual gas use, such as energy bills. You must submit the most recent available evidence, no more than 2 years old at the time you apply.      
  • You have identified a specialist consultant(s) to complete the Grant milestones.  

You are not eligible for this Grant if you:  

  • are a Commonwealth, state or local government entity  
  • have already been approved for this Grant funding  
  • have received or are going to receive funding from the NSW Government for the same activities.  

Have your say on the Murray-Darling Basin Plan Review

The Murray-Darling Basin Authority (MDBA) has released a Discussion Paper to support public consultation on the Basin Plan Review.

As part of the 2026 Basin Plan Review, the Murray-Darling Basin Authority (MDBA) are inviting you to share your views by making a submission. Your feedback will help shape water management for future generations.

The 12-week public consultation is open until 1 May 2026. The MDBA want to hear your thoughts on: 

  • The issues and options presented in the Discussion Paper
  • Any other issues and options we should consider
  • What you see as the priorities, and why.

“The release of the Discussion Paper kicks off the Basin Plan Review” MDBA Chief Executive Andrew McConville said.

“Through the Discussion Paper the Authority has explored progress that has been made to date and considered some of the issues and challenges for the Basin as we look forward over the next decade.”

“The Basin Plan has delivered real benefits, and we are starting to see improvements in some of the Basin’s most important rivers and wetlands.

“But the evidence is also clear that climate change, ageing infrastructure, disconnected floodplains, declining native fish and poor water quality mean we need to do some things differently.

Looking ahead we need a Plan that supports greater adaptation to a changing climate.''

Mr McConville explained that the release of the Discussion Paper is the start of the consultation process on the Basin Plan Review.

“We’ve been transparent about the evidence we’ve gathered from governments, basin communities and industries, First Nations and scientists, to get to this point. We’ve used this evidence to propose ideas and actions for the future – now we want to know what the community thinks of that.

“At this point it is a discussion, not a set of decisions. Nothing in the Review is yet settled, and we want to have a genuine conversation with communities, informed by their lived experience.”

Consultation on the Discussion Paper will run for 12 weeks from 5 February 2026 until 1 May 2026, during which the Authority will be encouraging individuals, communities, peak bodies and anyone with an interest in achieving better outcomes for the Basin, to make a submission.

“Our consultation over the coming few months will be extensive. We will be out in the Basin listening to people to understand what is working, what isn’t and what might need to change. We will be explaining what is in the Discussion Paper and outlining how people might get involved by making a submission,” said Mr McConville.

At the conclusion of the public consultation period, the submissions received will help inform the Authority as it develops the Review which is to be finalised and delivered to the Commonwealth Government before the end of the year.

Minister for the Environment and Water, Senator Murray Watt said that a healthy Murray-Darling Basin means resilient ecosystems, stronger industries, thriving communities and opportunities for future generations.

“Our challenge in the Basin is to balance competing pressures: reducing stress on major ecological systems, supporting Basin economies and communities, and adapting to a drying climate with increased scarcity and competition for water,” Minister Watt said.

“For well over a decade, the Basin Plan has been the blueprint for restoring the health of the Murray−Darling Basin while supporting communities and industry.

“As we near its final stages we want to be clear on what has worked and take honest and frank feedback on what can be improved.

“The Review will inform the future of the Basin Plan, to secure long-term sustainability for the environment and for Basin communities.

I encourage everyone in the Basin to get involved in the Review to have your say on how the Basin should be managed.

More information

North Head visitor access Changes

Consultation period: 28 January 2026 to 27 February 2026

The National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback about proposed works at North Head in Sydney Harbour National Park.

North Head, located in Sydney Harbour National Park, features some of Sydney's newest and most spectacular lookouts, Burragula and Yiningma, as well as the popular heritage-listed Quarantine Station.

This project aims to:

  • improve bus stops and pedestrian access
  • improve public transport and pedestrian access to Quarantine Station
  • repair drainage and road infrastructure
  • investigate the most appropriate pedestrian access to North Head and links to destinations.

Scope and purpose of works

NPWS is planning to carry out the following works to improve visitor pedestrian safety, public transport connections, whole-of-headland links and stormwater management along North Head Scenic Drive:

  • construction of a 1.8m wide footpath on Scenic Drive, connecting to the existing footpath networks; the works will improve all-abilities access throughout the headland
  • relocation of the northbound Q Station bus stop away from the roundabout and to a new bus bay in a safer location nearby with upgrade of the southbound stop
  • upgrade of existing in-lane bus stops to bus bay near the North Fort Road and Scenic Drive intersection
  • construction of raised pedestrian crossings to provide better linkages into the North Head Sanctuary precincts and walking tracks
  • construction of kerb and gutter along footpath to improve stormwater drainage and treatment.

NPWS has identified several safety concerns, with visitors using the gravel shoulders of North Head Scenic Drive as a walking path out to the lookouts, creating the potential risk for a pedestrian–vehicle collision.

The works will also address the unsafe configuration of bus stops at the Q Station entrance to improve visitor safety and traffic safety and visibility through the intersection.

The proposed drainage works will alleviate ongoing maintenance of potholes and water pooling on the Scenic Drive, improving safety for cyclists and drivers.

We will carefully manage the project to ensure there are no impacts on threatened vegetation or wildlife species. This includes the eastern suburbs banksia scrub threatened ecological community, bandicoots and other small mammals. We have conducted rigorous environmental assessment of the proposed works with input from relevant specialists, in accordance with NSW planning legislation.

Native vegetation

By utilising the existing gravel road shoulder as much as possible, the proposed footpath design minimises impacts to existing vegetation. NPWS has engaged an ecologist to undertake investigations and inform the plans. Monitoring will also be conducted during the construction process.

Bandicoot habitat

A project ecologist will undertake targeted surveys ahead of construction and will monitor and advise to avoid impacting bandicoot nests. Improved drainage along Scenic Drive will control and filter run-off, preventing erosion of their habitat.

Concept plans released

In the initial planning stages, we conducted investigations and assessments (environmental, engineering, heritage and geotechnical) to inform the project, leading to the development of concept plans.

These are now available for download at North Head Scenic Drive concept plans (PDF 13.5MB).

Any feedback or questions can be submitted via the online form on the project webpage below or email to npws.sydneynorth@dcceew.nsw.gov.au .

The consultation will be open until 27 February 2026.

Have your say by 5pm on 27 February 2026.

You can provide feedback in 2 ways.

  1. Online: North Head visitor access improvements webpage
  2. Email:  npws.sydneynorth@environment.nsw.gov.au

Shelly Beach Echidna

Photos by Kevin Murray, taken late May 2023 who said, ''he/she was waddling across the road on the Shelly Beach headland, being harassed not so much by the bemused tourists, but by the Brush Turkeys who are plentiful there.''

Shelly Beach is located in Manly and forms part of Cabbage Tree Bay, a protected marine reserve which lies adjacent to North Head and Fairy Bower.

community invited to have a say on recreational opportunities In Great Koala National Park

On January 16 the NSW Government announced it is seeking community input to shape recreational opportunities in the proposed Great Koala National Park on the NSW Mid North Coast.

The Minns Labor Government is delivering on an election promise to create a Great Koala National Park, which will provide habitat for more than 100 threatened species, including more than 12,000 koalas and 36,000 greater gliders.

In addition to boosting conservation, the park will also create opportunities for better visitor experiences and recreation, boosting tourism and local economies.

An online survey is now open on the NSW Have Your Say website to seek feedback on current use of the State forests and reserves within the planned area of the park. We also want to hear from people who haven’t been to the region but might like to in the future.

The survey complements ongoing wider consultation with community groups who have so far provided more than 300 responses on what matters most to them when they visit these areas.

Input from 4WD clubs, mountain biking clubs, hiking/bushwalking and trail runners’ clubs, horse riding and trail riding clubs, archery and gun clubs, sporting car clubs, local government, environment groups and Aboriginal communities is already feeding into the planning for future management.

The overarching park will comprise individual reserves, which will enable a range of different recreational activities. While legislation determines what activities are permissible in each reserve category, we are looking to build the Great Koala National Park as a place where conservation is balanced with the community’s recreational needs.

The Have Your Say survey is open from 7am today until Sunday, 1 March and is available online: www.haveyoursay.nsw.gov.au/great-koala-national-park.

Acting Minister for the Environment, Steve Whan said:

“The Great Koala National Park will protect more than 100 threatened species, but it’s not just about conservation. The park will be a recreational hotspot for locals and visitors alike.

“We want to hear from people who use and relax in the footprint of the forests and surrounding landscapes that make up the park.”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism, Steve Kamper said:

“We want the Great Koala National Park to be at the top of the must-see list for visitors to NSW and Australia.

“This major eco-tourism hub and unique NSW experience will attract domestic and international visitors all year round, which is a key component of our new Visitor Economy Strategy, while boosting local economies and creating jobs.”

Minister for the North Coast, Janelle Saffin said:

“The Great Koala National Park is an election commitment, and we want the community right at the centre of shaping what it becomes. Locals know this landscape best, and their ideas will help create a park people feel real ownership of and want to use.

“Done well, this park will also be a major tourism drawcard – supporting local businesses, creating jobs and delivering long-term economic benefits for communities right across the North Coast.”

Royal National Park plan draft amendment: Have your say

National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback on the Royal and Heathcote national parks and Garawarra State Conservation Area plan draft amendment.

The draft amendment proposes changes to accommodation options for walkers using the Great Southern Walk and updates to reflect recent track realignments and additions to the parks.

The draft amendment includes:

  • a proposal to enable hard-roofed/hiker hut accommodation at Garawarra Farm and to remove it as a permissible activity at Garie Beach
  • updated maps to reflect track realignments and recent additions to the parks.

The draft amendment does not propose changes to the management of Heathcote National Park or Garawarra State Conservation Area.

The draft amendment for the Royal National Park, Heathcote National Park and Garawarra State Conservation Area Plan of Management is on public exhibition until 20 February 2026.

By making a submission on the draft plan, members of the community can have a say about the future management of these parks.

Submissions received on the draft plan will inform the preparation of a final plan for adoption under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974. Once adopted, the plan of management will direct how these parks will be managed.

Download the Draft document here

Have your say by 5pm on 20 February 2026. 

You can provide feedback in 3 ways.

  1. Online Have your say on the consultation website 
  2. Email: npws.parkplanning@environment.nsw.gov.au 
  3. Post: Address: Manager, National Parks and Wildlife Service Planning and Assessment, Locked Bag 5022, Parramatta NSW 2124

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Intense heatwaves directly threaten crops and native species. Here’s what we can do

Gregory Heath/CSIROCC BY-NC-ND
Owen AtkinAustralian National UniversityAdrienne NicotraAustralian National UniversityBelinda MedlynWestern Sydney University, and Michael KearneyThe University of Melbourne

During Australia’s unprecedented heatwave in late January, air temperatures reached 50°C in inland South Australia.

Days of sustained heat and hot nights did real damage. A flying fox colony was all but wiped out in South Australia, while Western Australian mango growers suffered major crop losses as fruit literally boiled.

These increasingly extreme heatwaves are now posing a real threat to the crops and livestock on which we rely, as well as Australia’s wildlife and ecosystems.

But in coming decades, intensifying climate change will push summer temperatures beyond the records set this summer. Even after the world reaches net zero, unprecedented heatwaves will persist for centuries.

Most living things are strongly affected by heat. Sustained intense heat can degrade proteins inside plant and animal cells, cause cell membranes to rupture and disrupt metabolic processes essential to survival. That is, sustained heat can weaken and kill living things in many ways.

Everything in Australia has to cope with heat. But the continent’s wildlife and peoples are not prepared for the heat to come, or the changes this will force on natural ecosystems and food production.

We are not powerless. We could introduce more heat-tolerant plant species and engineer landscapes to create heat refuges. But we must plan for it.

Farms under threat

Australian farmers are already feeling the consequences. Wheat yields have stopped steadily increasing and have plateaued, due in part to more frequent heatwaves. Heat causes wheat to photosynthesise less and damages pollen in cereal crops, leading to less fertile seed and big falls in yields.

Heatwaves burn grape leaves, cutting grape yields and worsening wine quality. Almond growers are battling falls in photosynthesis, pollination and nut quality.

These threats are not hypothetical. Farmers are already grappling with the damage, while authorities see heat as a major threat to adapt to across the Riverland, Sunraysia and Mallee agricultural regions.

Heatwaves are driving ecosystems into decline

Extreme heatwaves can trigger mass die-offs of plants and animals.

Satellite and field evidence show extreme heat can scorch the leaves of many plants and trigger widespread leaf death across tree canopies. Without their protective canopy and with less ability to photosynthesise, trees are at higher risk of dying. This is one reason more trees are dying across Australia.

Extreme heat can push entire ecosystems past their physiological limits, causing sudden death across many species.

When several days of extreme heat hit, some organisms will be unable to repair the damage to their cells. As our new research shows, sustained heat is most damaging when the heat stays overnight.

Heat stress builds up progressively over years, weakening ecosystems and leaving them more vulnerable to fire, drought, pests and disease. A ecosystem which may seem OK can be hit by this “ecological debt” months or years later.

What can we do?

As extreme heat becomes a regular feature of Australia’s summer, we face unavoidable decisions over whether to intervene.

The question is what trade-offs we will be willing to accept.

1. Should we introduce more heat-tolerant plant species?

Some native plantscropsinsects and microbes can tolerate extreme heat far better, while others succumb.

If we introduce naturally heat-tolerant plant species or varieties into vulnerable landscapes, we could help ecosystems to keep functioning. But this boost to resilience would alter the character of existing ecosystems.

For farms, advances in molecular biology and crop genetics have made it possible to create crops with better heat tolerance faster than traditional breeding methods.

Precision gene editing and genetic modification approaches can improve heat tolerance by protecting a plant’s most vulnerable reproductive tissues and strengthening cells during extreme heat events. Success will depend on whether governments and communities are willing to adopt them.

Australian bush landscape, trees and grass trees in foreground.
One option to boost resilience is to plant native species with higher heat tolerance. Samantha Terrell/Shutterstock

2. Should we engineer landscapes to create thermal refuges?

Heat isn’t experienced uniformly. That’s because organisms live in microclimates with varying shade, soil depth, types of plants and moisture.

While leaves and soils are often much hotter than the surrounding air, microclimates can offer cooler refuges. We could scale up these thermal refuges through careful revegetation, canopy restructuring, water placement and better fire and grazing strategies. These could build resilience into landscapes, if authorities were willing to plan, invest and manage these programs at scale. We’re already seeing small-scale examples such as keeping flying foxes cool with water.

That’s not to say thermal refuges are a silver bullet. Feasibility will vary across ecosystems and scales.

In cities and towns, planting canopy trees, restoring wetlands and redesigning built surfaces is proven to reduce surface temperatures and could help species survive.

In farming regions, planting shelter belts of large trees, diversifying crops and working to keep moisture in the soil can protect crop yields and native species.

In more remote or wilder landscapes, going down this path would raise harder questions about what constitutes natural resilience. Would this kind of assisted adaptation favour some species? As heat intensifies, the debate will likely shift from whether we intervene to how deliberately and equitably we do so.

These questions aren’t purely scientific or technical. They pose societal choices around which values we prioritise when trade-offs are unavoidable.

We have to start planning now

We believe it will soon be necessary to intervene in ecosystems to boost heat resilience. We urgently need more research to understand how heat damage accumulates in different organisms and how we can support recovery.

We will also have to identify traits for heat-tolerance in as many native species as possible and learn how to cool landscapes and protect ecosystems at scale.

The stakes are extremely high. We can either act now in a deliberate, evidence-based way – or we can wait until accumulated heat forces change on us, after much has been irreversibly lost.The Conversation

Owen Atkin, Director of the ANU Agrifood Innovation Institute, Australian National UniversityAdrienne Nicotra, Professor of Ecology and Evolution, Research School of Biology, the Australian National University, Australian National UniversityBelinda Medlyn, Distinguished Professor, Ecosystem Function and Integration, Western Sydney University, and Michael Kearney, Professor in Ecophysiology and Evolutionary Biology, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Plummeting fish numbers triggered controversial fishing bans in WA. But no-take zones could benefit fishers

Steve LindfieldCC BY-ND
Tim LangloisThe University of Western AustraliaCharlotte AstonThe University of Western Australia, and Matt NavarroThe University of Western Australia

The Western Australian government recently announced the controversial closure of commercial and recreation fishing to prevent a collapse in the populations of under-threat species, such as popular dhufish and pink snapper.

Fishing for these demersal (bottom dwelling) species has been closed along a 900-kilometre stretch of coastline in south-west WA. There are plans to reopen the area in spring 2027, but for recreational fishing only.

One additional measure stands out: once the fishery opens, large “no-take” demersal recovery zones are proposed where all bottom fishing will be banned.

While no-take zones are a key part of Australia’s conservation strategy, they are more often used to create marine parks, rather than to improve fisheries. Proposed no-take zones have been historically unpopular with fishers. But perhaps we can have our cake and eat it too. Does closing areas of ocean to fishing result in a boost to fish numbers inside the protected areas and in surrounding fishing grounds?

Our recent research suggests the answer is yes. Setting aside no-take areas of the ocean, combined with standard fisheries management in the areas still open to fishing, can increase overall numbers of spawning fish. This means greater catch rates for fishers in surrounding areas.

Building a digital reef

We focused on the population of spangled emperor fish – a golden-coloured fish prized by anglers – in the iconic Ningaloo World Heritage Area. Currently, 34% of Ningaloo is covered by no-take zones, the largest percentage for any region in Australia. These zones were created to protect the diversity of species and create natural areas for tourism, education and science.

Understanding if no-take areas actually benefit fisheries is a challenging task. To compare the effects of protection and closures with standard fisheries management, we built a computer model for the spangled emperor population at Ningaloo.

We divided the reef into more than 1,800 spatial “cells” and included information about habitat distribution, fish movement, reproduction, mortality rates and how much and where fishing was occurring.

The resulting model is a digital “twin” of the spangled emperor population at Ningaloo. It helped us try to answer the question: how best to conserve and manage this vital resource?

A spangled emperor fish swims over a reef.
A spangled emperor fish at the Houtman Abrolhos, Western Australia. Steve LindfieldCC BY

Exploring the possibilities

We explored several scenarios: what would happen with only standard fisheries management in place, compared with the addition of no-take zones or closing the area to fishing for five months. We also looked at what might have been achieved by combining all approaches.

The no-take zones delivered clear benefits, particularly by boosting the number of large mature fish and the number of offspring they produced. Closing the area for a five-month period was similarly effective for increasing fish abundance, but less so for large mature fish. Combining the two approaches resulted in a greater increase in large mature fish and replenishment of young fish.

Interestingly, our model predicted the addition of no-take zones resulted in recreational fishing catch rates doubling in open areas near where the fishers accessed the ocean (for example, within 10 kilometres of a boat ramp).

Bigger, older fish matter

Female fish of many species produce far more eggs as they grow larger. One big, older female can produce as many eggs as a dozen or more smaller adults. No‑take zones protect these large individuals, allowing them to survive longer and build up inside protected areas. Their offspring drift into surrounding waters, replenishing stocks and ultimately boosting catches for fishers.

These benefits are greatest for species that remain relatively local. Highly mobile species may require larger or connected no-take zones to achieve the same effect. In this way, no‑take zones help sustain healthy fish populations and fisheries.

Some in the fishing community have historically opposed protected areas, seeing the loss of access as negative. But when we talked to fishers at boat ramps around Australia, many supported protected areas and sensed what our model confirms: setting aside no-take zones can improve environmental outcomes.

Our research suggests strategic no-take zones – like those in the WA government’s announcement – along with effective management of fishing in other areas could replenish fish populations and increase catches.

We have consistently found that studying no-take zones provides a cost-effective way to understand fish habitat preference, their home-range size and how they spawn. This information will be key to designing no-take zones to protect fish spawning, recover populations and make fishing more sustainable.The Conversation

Tim Langlois, Research Fellow in marine ecosystems, The University of Western AustraliaCharlotte Aston, Postdoctoral research fellow, Indian Ocean Marine Research Centre, The University of Western Australia, and Matt Navarro, Research fellow in marine ecology, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dramatic changes in upper atmosphere are responsible for recent droughts and bushfires: new research

Pixabay/PexelsCC BY
Milton SpeerUniversity of Technology Sydney and Lance M LeslieUniversity of Technology Sydney

Over the past decade, southern Australia has suffered numerous extreme weather and climate events, such as record-breaking heatwaves, bushfires, two major droughts and even flash flooding.

While Australia has always had these disasters, our research reveals these new extremes are the result of dramatic climate-driven changes in the upper atmosphere above Australia.

Eight to ten kilometres above the ground, the fast-flowing jet stream air currents have shifted further southwards, dragging rain-bearing winter weather systems away from Australia’s southern coastline.

This means southern Australia has experienced at least 25% less annual rainfall and is currently gripped by a continuing drought. Our findings should be a wake-up call for governments, primary producers and residents of some of Australia’s largest cities: the hotter, drier weather is here to stay.

Drought in the south, wet in the east

Southern Australia comprises the coastal and adjacent areas in the south of the continent, stretching about 4,000 kilometres from Perth to east of Melbourne. This region is home to ten million people, or about 35% of Australia’s population.

The two most recent droughts in southern Australia were the Tinderbox drought, from 2017 to 2019, and the present drought, which has not been named. It began in 2023 and is continuing into February 2026.

Drought is primarily a meteorological, or weather-related, phenomenon. It is defined by intense rainfall deficiencies over three months or longer, which severely impact agricultural production, water supplies and ecosystems.

Notably, six of the past ten years were dry, tipping much of southern Australia into drought. In marked contrast, eastern Australia, including Sydney and Brisbane, experienced moderate to extreme wet conditions, including flash flooding. The map below shows drought in southern Australia in 2023–25.

A map of Australia showing areas of drought between 2023 to 2025.
CAPTION HERE. Australian Combined Drought Indicator MapCC BY-ND

The meteorological factors that drive drought in southern Australia, and the shift from dry to wet conditions in eastern Australia, can be explained by shifts in the upper atmospheric jet streams. These are fast-flowing, narrow air currents high in the atmosphere, about 8–10km above Earth.

Major changes to the jet streams

Our research reveals dramatic changes to the jet streams in the Australian region, particularly in the past decade. Put simply, jet streams are fast-moving belts of westerly winds in the upper atmosphere. They steer cold fronts and low-pressure systems across southern Australia, from west to east, determining rainfall and temperature patterns.

In the Australian region there is a subtropical jetstream over northern Australia and a polar jet stream in the mid-latitude westerly winds south of Australia. Historically, the jetstreams have steered the rain-bearing systems over southern Australia.

We discovered the subtropical jet stream, which brings rainy weather systems, has shifted about 10 degrees of latitude (roughly 1,000km) southwards towards the pole, since 2015.

This shift has caused traditional rain-producing weather systems to track south of the continent, completely missing southern Australia. Our previous research comparing 1965 to 1992, and 1993 to 2020, also showed the jet streams had shifted towards Antarctica.

This shift is due to climate change from increased greenhouse gas emissions that continues to warm the oceans and atmosphere. As the world keeps warming, the jet streams will be pushed further poleward.

Hence the jet stream changes are responsible for both the current drought, and the Tinderbox Drought (2017–19). Each drought was caused by below-average winter rainfall from April to October. And the greatest relocation of Australian region jet streams occurred in the past decade.

Where were the droughts?

Between 2023 and 2025, almost all of southern Australia experienced a serious to extreme lack of rain, causing severe to exceptional drought conditions. Drought has affected Melbourne, Adelaide and Perth, straining existing water supplies.

Brief winter rainfall in July 2025 provided some local relief, however, the impact was short-lived. Recently, the summer months from December 2025 to February 2026 brought extreme heat and record low rainfall. Consequently, drought continues into January and February 2026. In striking contrast, parts of eastern and northern Australia received record rainfall and flash floods.

In southern Australian, coastal and inland areas, river systems and dams are experiencing greatly reduced water supplies. This reflects the continuing long-term impacts of global warming.

In Adelaide, three extremely dry years have reduced water inflows to reservoirs. The city’s single desalination plant quadrupled its output from January last year, to meet demand. Perth has experienced a long-term rainfall decline since 1970. It has two desalination plants and is building a third.

After briefly recovering during the La Niña years from 2021 to 2023, Melbourne’s dams are at their lowest levels since the Tinderbox Drought. Melbourne received well below average rainfall through to October 2025. Its desal plant was activated briefly in 2022, and was reactivated in April 2025. A second Melbourne plant is planned, but will take almost a decade to complete.

Primed to burn

Droughts and low winter rainfall means southern Australia is very susceptible to bushfire. Heatwaves and dry vegetation at the beginning of this summer brought catastrophic bushfire conditions, bolstered by dry, westerly wind changes. This caused catastrophic bushfires in southern Australia. More than 430,000 hectares have been burned in Victoria.

These conditions should be a jolting wakeup call. A possible El Niño, or warming climate pattern, later in 2026 is likely to worsen existing drought conditions in southern Australia. Melbourne’s water storage is at 70% capacity and is in danger of falling much lower. Southern Australia needs to ready itself for a hot, dry yearThe Conversation

Milton Speer, Visiting Fellow, School of Mathematical and Physical Sciences, University of Technology Sydney and Lance M Leslie, Professor, School of Mathematical And Physical Sciences, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Want to boost uptake of battery EVs? Subsidise chargers at home and work – not the vehicles

Cavan Images/Getty
Anilan VAdelaide University

Let’s say you want to encourage more drivers to shift to battery-electric vehicles. What’s the best way to do it?

Globally, billions have been poured into incentives to encourage drivers to switch. The most popular approaches are rebates to cut the purchase cost and schemes to fund fast public chargers. The logic is simple: make EVs cheaper and public charging easier and consumers will follow.

But my recent research on Australian battery-electric vehicle policies suggests it’s not simple. Highly visible policies subsidising the upfront cost of new battery-electric vehicles represent surprisingly bad value for money.

What shifts the dial much more are quieter policies reducing annual running costs, boosting convenience and strengthening consumer understanding. The best return on investment comes from subsidising home and workplace EV chargers. This is because of the large savings on annual operating cost and the certainty and convenience of charging cheaply at home or at workplace.

As Australian policymakers review tax exemptions on new battery EVs, it’s worth taking a hard look at what actually drives uptake in an economically efficient way.

two men in electric car.
Education campaigns and test drives tackle information gaps and misinformation. Robbie/UnsplashCC BY-NC-ND

Australia’s slow start

Sales of battery and plug-in hybrid EVs rose to over 13% of new vehicles last December – the highest percentage to date.

But Australia is lagging. Battery-electric vehicles globally averaged more than 20% of new car sales last year.

To understand what drives uptake efficiently, I asked a panel of Australian industry experts to shortlist top policy contenders based on a systematic review of successful global policies. I ran benefit-cost analyses of the six shortlisted policies and projected how effective they would be over 30 years.

These policies were: purchase rebates, public and private charging, education programs, incentives to cut operating costs and fuel efficiency standards.

How do these policies rank?

Of the six, two clearly stood out as boosts to uptake – private chargers and education programs. Public chargers didn’t give much economic return, but are essential to giving drivers certainty.

Purchase rebates and cheaper operating costs: popular underperformers

Purchase rebates give buyers some money back to effectively make the EV cheaper. These policies aim to support early adopters who might be deterred by higher upfront costs.

The problem is, they don’t work very well. My analysis shows these policies have a benefit-cost ratio of just 0.88, returning just 88 cents in benefits for every dollar spent.

Why? Freeriders. Many well-heeled people who get the rebate would likely have bought the vehicle anyway. But the policies do little to drive change with other groups.

International studies similarly show broad-based rebates are often weak in encouraging people to buy battery-electric vehicles who weren’t already planning to, while benefits disproportionately flow to higher-income households.

Incentives to cut operating costs had the same poor benefit-cost ratio of 0.88. These incentives – such as exemptions from road tolls and parking discounts – are more evenly spread, as they extend to secondhand owners.

Fuel efficiency: exceptional on value, modest on uptake

At the start of 2025, the long-awaited New Vehicle Efficiency Standard came into effect, bringing Australia into line with other developed nations.

Low implementation costs give these standards the highest benefit-cost ratio of all policies assessed at almost 47.

Importantly, the policy is technology-neutral, meaning it acts to cut emissions across all vehicle technologies, including hybrids and internal combustion engines.

But while the standards are a highly cost-effective way to cut transport emissions, they won’t drive mass uptake of battery-electric vehicles. They function as a foundational policy — efficient, essential but insufficient on their own.

Rebates for home and work chargers: strong boost to uptake

Incentives for home or workplace smart chargers are little discussed. But these policies had the highest total return on investment and a benefit-cost ratio of 1.86, as well as strong effects on uptake over time.

Why? Cost savings and convenience. Smart chargers let households charge cheaply at off-peak times or from rooftop solar, which also eases pressure on the grid. Owners strongly value the convenience of charging at home or work, rather than having to go to a public charger and wait for the car to charge. In the future, vehicle-to-grid technologies allowing owners to sell power to the grid will be another incentive.

The policy would be particularly effective in Australia, where off-street parking and rooftop solar are common. To date, Australia doesn’t have a nationwide rebate for home chargers.

Public fast chargers: important but not economically efficient

Australian governments prefer to fund public fast chargers rather than offer rebates for home chargers. This makes some sense, as fast chargers give drivers more certainty they can recharge away from home.

It’s not very efficient, with a low benefit-cost ratio of 0.88. But public charging is more equitable than purchase rebates, as these chargers give renters and people in apartments a way to charge. The chargers boost confidence in the network, even if they are used infrequently.

While public fast-charging has a borderline economic benefit, it’s essential on a social and psychological front.

Public education and exposure: surprisingly effective

Information campaigns and public education are another underappreciated policy option. Test-drives and hands-on demonstrations let people new to the technology become comfortable.

Education policies tackle common information gaps and misconceptions around range, battery life, charging costs and safety.

These programs are cheap and highly effective, with a benefit-cost ratio of 3.05 and an initial boost to uptake.

Which way forward?

In earlier research, we found different policies were more effective at different stages of battery-electric vehicle adoption. This means it’s important for policymakers to put the right policies in place at the right time.

Until now, Australian policymakers have focused on building the network of public chargers and giving rebates to reduce purchase prices.

But as our research shows, it’s not always the shiniest, most popular policies which do the heavy lifting.

We could get far better traction with less visible but more effective policies around private chargers and education programs – and making sure purchase rebates go to people who need them.The Conversation

Anilan V, Postdoctoral Researcher, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Blood cobalt’ is disappearing from batteries – and cheaper, cleaner batteries are arriving

Canva, Pexels, The ConversationCC BY-NC
Neeraj SharmaUNSW Sydney

You might have heard the common claim that electric cars aren’t really green – that their lithium-ion batteries rely on “blood” minerals such as cobalt, mined in terrible conditions.

The critique had some truth to it. But this claim is no longer accurate. Electric vehicle (EV) manufacturers have been shifting away from cobalt because it’s expensive, toxic and ethically fraught.

What’s replacing it? Cheaper lithium-ion battery chemistries based on lithium iron phosphate (LFP), which avoid cobalt entirely. If you remember high-school chemistry, you’ll remember batteries have an anode and a cathode. The anode is nearly always graphite. But the cathode can be made from many different minerals and compounds.

This means battery makers have a great deal of choice over which minerals to include. There’s huge innovation taking place in batteries, as the market grows and diversifies across vehicles and energy storage. Even cheaper chemistries are emerging based around salt (sodium-ion), while high-performance solid state batteries are coming close to reality.

an electric vehicle battery pack being built, flat packs of batteries grouped together.
The battery industry has grown very rapidly in recent years. IM Imagery/Shutterstock

What happened to cobalt?

For years, cobalt has been a mainstay in cathodes due to its useful properties, including how much energy it can help store.

When the first commercial lithium-ion batteries arrived in the 1990s, the chemistry relied on cobalt (lithium cobalt oxide). Over time, lithium nickel mangananese cobalt (NMC) oxide and lithium nickel cobalt aluminium (NCA) oxide came to dominate the market, as their high energy density made them ideally suited for portable electronics.

As demand for lithium-ion batteries accelerated, sourcing cobalt began to be a problem. Three quarters of mined cobalt comes from one country: the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), which has half the world’s reserves. Australia is second, with 20%.

Cobalt is toxic. In the DRC, many people risk their health in small mines under conditions often described as slave-like. Illegal and legal mines can do huge environmental damage.

This and other issues led researchers to begin working on reducing or cutting cobalt out altogether. This led to low-cobalt chemistries, in which most of the cobalt was swapped for nickel, manganese or aluminium. To date, it’s been difficult to remove cobalt entirely, given how much of a boost it gives to battery capacity and stability.

In parallel, US researchers found the mineral olivine – made of lithium, iron and phosphate (LFP) – was a good candidate for battery cathodes. This discovery gave rise to cobalt-free LFP batteries. LFP chemistry is cheap, non-toxic and safe, though slightly less energy-dense.

These batteries have had a meteoric rise. Last year, 50% of all EV batteries and more than 90% of stationary home and grid batteries used this chemistry.

Given world-leading battery makers now rely heavily on this chemistry, it’s likely LFP batteries will dominate the market for EV and stationary storage applications in the near term.

two men climbing out of small mining pit using a rope.
Many people work as creseurs – small scale miners – in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, risking their lives to extract cobalt, copper and gold. FairphoneCC BY-NC-ND

What’s on the horizon?

The global market for lithium-ion batteries has risen sixfold since 2020 and strong growth is projected to continue. EVs are taking more and more market share – especially in developing nations – and huge grid-scale batteries are proving essential in modern power grids.

What’s next?

Many next-generation batteries nearing the market are being developed for specific jobs – such as powering drones – or to outcompete current technology. Here are four new types to watch:

Sodium-ion: The world’s biggest battery maker, CATL, and other manufacturers are exploring an entirely different chemistry – sodium-ion – in a bid to eventually replace lithium-ion batteries as home or grid batteries. Sodium-ion batteries are typically heavier and less energy-dense than lithium-ion, so they wouldn’t work well in vehicles. But the chemistry has real promise for stationary energy storage.

Lithium-sulfur: These batteries rely on lithium and sulfur or sulfur-carbon composites. They can currently store four to five times more energy than traditional lithium-ion batteries, making them particularly useful for drones and other technologies where maximum power is needed. The challenge is giving them longevity, as the reactions in these batteries are harder to reverse. That means these batteries are harder to recharge many times at present. Several Australian companies are active in this space.

Solid state: Until now, lithium-ion batteries have relied on a liquid electrolyte as the medium for ions to shuttle between anode and cathode. Solid state batteries do away with the liquid, making them inherently safer. They could potentially lead to a drastic boost to energy storage. They’re not mainstream yet because it’s still tricky to get them to work at room temperature without using high pressure. If engineers figure this out, an EV using solid state batteries might travel 1,000km on a single charge.

Flow batteries: In the 1980s, Australian engineers at UNSW invented the vanadium redox flow battery. A cross between a conventional battery and a fuel cell, these typically larger batteries can feed power back to the grid for 12 hours or more, much longer than current lithium-ion battery systems.

These batteries are likely to be useful in renewable-heavy power grids. Lithium and sodium-ion batteries could provide shorter bursts of power to the grid, while flow batteries could kick in for longer periods.

So do we still need cobalt?

These developments are promising. But they don’t mean an end to cobalt entirely. Smaller amounts of cobalt will still be in the lithium-ion batteries in portable devices and EVs for the foreseeable future.

What we are likely to see is more recycled cobalt coming into the mix, as governments accelerate recycling of lithium-ion batteries and promote recycled minerals to be used in new batteries. Over time, the role of “blood cobalt” could disappear.The Conversation

Neeraj Sharma, Professor of Chemistry, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How sailing voyages can inspire the next generation of ocean scientists and advocates

Pamela BuchanUniversity of Exeter and Alun MorganUniversity of Plymouth

Setting sail from the busy port of Plymouth in Devon, the tall ship Pelican of London takes young people to sea, often for the first time.

During each nine-day voyage, the UK-based sailing trainees, who often come from socio-economically challenging backgrounds, become crew members. They not only learn the ropes (literally) but also engage in ocean science and stewardship activities.

As marine and outdoor education researchers, we wanted to find out whether mixing sail training and Steams (science, technology, engineering, art, mathematics and sustainability) activities can inspire young people to pursue a more ocean-focused career, and a long-term commitment to ocean care.

Research shows that a strong connection with the ocean can drive people to be active marine citizens. This means they take responsibility for ocean health not only in their own lives but as advocates for more sustainable interactions with the ocean.

Over the past year, we have worked with Charly Braungardt, head scientist with the charity Pelican of London, to create a new theory of how sail training with Steams activities can change the paths that trainees pursue.

Based on scientific evidence, our theory of change models how Steams activities can cause positive changes in personal development and knowledge and understanding of the ocean (known as ocean literacy). It shows how the voyages can develop trainees’ strong connections with the ocean and encourage them to act responsibly towards it.

Tracking change

Surveys with the participants before and after the voyage, and six months later, measure any changes that occur – and how these persist. Through our evaluation, we’re exploring how combining voyages with Steams activities can go beyond personal development to produce deep, long-lasting effects.

Our pilot study has already shown how the sail training and Steams combination helps to develop confidence, ocean literacy and ocean connections.

For example, the boost to self-esteem and feelings of capability that occur on board help young people develop their marine identity – the ocean becomes an important part of a person’s sense of who they are. As one trainee put it: “I think the ocean is me and the ocean will and forever be part of me.”


Swimming, sailing, even just building a sandcastle - the ocean benefits our physical and mental wellbeing. Curious about how a strong coastal connection helps drive marine conservation, scientists are diving in to investigate the power of blue health.

This article is part of a series, Vitamin Sea, exploring how the ocean can be enhanced by our interaction with it.


As crew members, trainees access a world and traditional culture largely unknown to them before the voyage. They learn to live with others in a confined space, working together in small teams to keep watch on 24-hour rotas.

Trainees are encouraged to step out of their comfort zone through activities such as climbing the rigging and swimming off the vessel. Our pilot evaluation found the voyages built the trainees’ confidence and social skills, boosting self-esteem and feelings of capability.

One trainee said: “I’ve felt pretty disappointed in myself not committing to my education or only doing something with minimal effort. But after this voyage, I want to give it my all.”

The Steams voyages encourage the development of scientific skills and ocean literacy through the lens of creative tasks at sea. These activities are led by a scientist-in-residence who provides mentoring and introduces research techniques.

The voyage gives trainees the opportunity to use scientific equipment, ranging from plankton nets and microscopes to cutting-edge technology such as remotely operated vehicles. The Steams activities introduce marine research as a potential career to these young people. One said they wanted to train as a marine engineer at nautical college following the voyage.

Ocean experiences provide a foundation for ocean connection. Trainees experience the ocean in sunshine and in gales, day and night, rolling with the waves and observing marine life in its natural environment.

Citizen science projects such as wildlife surveys and recorded beach cleans also develop their ocean stewardship knowledge and skills. One trainee explained how they have “become more interested [in] our marine life and creative ways to help protect it”.

Over the next 12 months, the information we collect from the voyages will help us to better understand the benefits and contribute to an important marine social science data gap in young people. It is important to understand how to develop young people’s relationships with the ocean, and the knowledge and skills that will empower the next generation of marine citizens.

As one trainee put it: “Being out on the Pelican showed me how vast and powerful the sea is – and how important it is to respect and care for it.”


Pamela Buchan, Research Fellow, Geography, University of Exeter and Alun Morgan, Lecturer in Education, School of Law, Humanities and Social Sciences, University of Plymouth

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Species on east-west coastlines are more likely to go extinct than those on north-south shores – new study

MarcelClemens / shutterstock
Cooper MalanoskiUniversity of Oxford and Erin SaupeUniversity of Oxford

As the Atlantic warms, many fish along the east coast of North America have moved northwards to keep within their preferred temperature range. Black sea bass, for instance, have shifted hundreds of miles up the coast.

In the Mediterranean, the picture is very different. Without an easy escape route towards the poles, many species are effectively trapped in a sea that is warming rapidly. Some native fish are even being replaced by more heat-tolerant species that have slipped in through the Suez Canal.

It’s a process affecting coastal species around the world: without a continuous pathway to cooler waters, many are in trouble. Escape becomes difficult where coastlines run east–west or are broken into enclosed basins and islands. In these settings, species have to move huge distances just to gain a few degrees of latitude – the so-called “latitudinal trap”.

It’s also a process that has repeated throughout history. When we analysed 540 million years of fossil data for a recent study published in the journal Science, we found that species along east-west coastlines were more likely to go extinct than those with easier movement north-south.

Diagram of coastlines showing why north-south coasts have less extinction risk
Malanoski et al (2026) / Science

We hypothesised that the shape and orientation of coastlines could help species escape – or trap them. If coastlines provide direct, continuous pathways to move north or south, species should be able to better track shifting climates. But, where species have to travel a long way for minimal latitude gain, their extinction risk is raised during episodes of environmental change.

Coastlines themselves are not fixed. Over millions of years, plate tectonics rearrange continents, sometimes producing long north-south coasts, like those of the Americas today, and at other times sprawling east-west seaways such as during the Ordovician a bit over 400 million years ago.

This means climate shocks can produce very different extinction outcomes depending on the layout of continents at the time.

To test this hypothesis, we analysed fossil data for about 13,000 groups of related shallow-marine invertebrate species, such as clams, snails, sponges and starfish, spanning the last 540 million years. We then paired these records with reconstructions of ancient geography.

For each fossil, we estimated how difficult it would have been for that species to shift its latitude along shallow coastlines. We measured this as the shortest number of steps to travel 5°, 10°, or 15° latitude north or south. (For context, Great Britain covers about 9° from top to bottom). Short distances imply a relatively direct escape; long distances imply a long or maybe impossible escape route.

Annotated maps of various coastline shapes
A 5° shift in latitude can be reached quickly along a simple north–south coastline (A), but requires much longer routes—or cannot be reached at all—along convoluted east–west margins (B), interior seaways (C), and islands (D). Malanoski et al (2026) / Science

We found that, over the last 540 million years, extinction risk was consistently higher for marine animals with long escape routes.

Geography amplifies catastrophe

This pattern intensified during Earth’s five mass extinction events. In our models, species with longer distances showed increases in extinction risk of up to 400% during mass extinctions, compared with about 60% during other intervals, highlighting that geography becomes far more consequential when climate change intensifies.

Although our analyses focused on geologic timescales, our results help us understand how shallow marine species may respond to climate change today. Species living in the Mediterranean or the Gulf of Mexico or other regions with semi-enclosed geography, or around the margins of islands, may have more difficulty as the ocean warms.

Coastline geometry may matter less for species that are good at dispersing themselves, however, especially those that have a long planktonic larvae phase where they drift around the ocean before becoming fixed in place. The survival of those species depends more on factors like ocean currents than coastline orientation.

Estimating whether a species is at risk of extinction is typically done with reference to attributes such as body size or geographic range size. But our work shows that extinction risk also depends on geography. Survival during climate upheaval depends not only on a species’ biology – but on whether the map itself offers an escape.The Conversation

Cooper Malanoski, Postdoctoral research associate, University of Oxford and Erin Saupe, Associate Professor, Palaeobiology, University of Oxford

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How shaming unethical brands makes companies improve their behaviour

Alive Color Stock/Shutterstock
Janet GodsellLoughborough University and Nikolai KazantsevUniversity of Cambridge

Recent investigations have uncovered forced labour in agricultural supply chains, illegal fishing feeding supermarket freezers, deforestation embedded in everyday food products, and unsafe conditions in factories producing “sustainable” fashion. These harms were not visible on labels. They surfaced only when journalists, whistleblowers or activists exposed them.

And when they did, something predictable happened. Consumers felt uneasy. Brands issued statements. Promises were made. The point is that the force that set change in motion was not regulation. It was consumers.

Discovering that an ordinary purchase may be tied to exploitation or environmental damage creates a jolt of personal responsibility. In our research, we found that when environmental consequences are clearly linked to people’s own buying choices, many are willing to switch products — especially when credible alternatives exist.

But guilt is private. It nudges personal behaviour. It does not automatically reshape systems. The shift happens when private discomfort becomes public voice.

Consumers are often also the first to make hidden environmental harms visible. They post evidence on social media. They question corporate claims. They compare sustainability promises with independent reporting. They organise petitions, boycotts and review campaigns. By shining a spotlight on the truth, the scrutiny shifts from shoppers to brands.

That shift matters because modern brands depend on trust. Reputation is an asset. When sustainability claims are publicly challenged, credibility is at risk. Research in organisational behaviour shows that firms respond quickly to threats to legitimacy. Reputational damage affects customer loyalty, investor confidence and regulatory attention.

In many high-profile cases, supply chain reforms have followed intense public scrutiny rather than quiet compliance checks. Leaders may not act out of moral awakening — but they do act when inaction becomes costly to their reputation.

Consumers can trigger the emotional chain reaction. They feel guilt. They seek information. They speak collectively. That collective voice generates corporate shame.

woman shopper with trolley checking two bottles
Consumers have the power to demand more transparency from brands. Stokkete/Shutterstock

Sustainability professor Mike Berners-Lee argues in his book A Climate of Truth that demanding honesty is one of the most powerful climate actions available to citizens. Raising standards of truthfulness in business and media changes incentives. When the gap between what companies say and what they do becomes visible, maintaining that gap becomes harder.

Our research explores how that visibility can be strengthened. The findings were clear. When environmental and social consequences are personalised and traceable, sustainability feels less distant. People see both their own role and the role of particular firms. That dual awareness encourages two responses: behavioural change driven by guilt and corporate accountability driven by shame.

Shame works because it is social. Brands care about how they are seen. When the negative environmental and social effects of supply chains can be publicly connected to named products, corporate narratives become contestable in real time.

Making supply chains socially visible

The technology to improve transparency already exists. Companies track goods through logistics systems, supplier databases and digital product-tagging that collect detailed information about sourcing and production. The barrier is not data collection. It is disclosure.

Environmental indicators — carbon emissions, water use, land conversion risk, labour standards compliance — can be linked to products through QR codes or retail apps. Comparable reporting standards would ensure consistency. Simple digital interfaces would make information accessible. Social sharing tools would allow consumers to compare and discuss findings publicly.

Social media is crucial. It already enables workers, communities and campaigners to challenge corporate messaging. Integrating verified supply chain data into these spaces would shift transparency from crisis response to everyday expectation.

This strategy, with its behaviour change directive, could work more effectively than rules or green marketing campaigns alone.

Regulation is essential but often slow and uneven across borders. Marketing campaigns can highlight selective improvements while leaving deeper practices untouched. Transparency activated by collective consumer voice operates differently. It aligns emotional motivation with reputational consequence.

Consumers are not passive recipients of information. They are catalysts. By feeling the first twinge of guilt, asking harder questions and speaking together, they create the conditions under which companies experience shame. When shame threatens trust and market position, change becomes rational and inevitable.

Shame is uncomfortable. But when directed at opaque systems rather than consumers, it can be powerful. By demanding truth and making supply chains socially visible, consumers can push businesses towards greater transparency — and, ultimately, towards more sustainable practice.


Janet Godsell, Dean and Professor of Operations and Supply Chain Strategy, Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University and Nikolai Kazantsev, Postdoctoral Researcher, Institute for Manufacturing, University of Cambridge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why coping with heavy rain in Scotland’s whisky country shows how to save water for the summer

Josie GerisUniversity of Aberdeen and Megan KlaarUniversity of Leeds

After weeks of relentless rain and flooding, and even more forecast, 2025’s droughts and hosepipe bans feel like ancient history. But they shouldn’t.

The UK is increasingly caught between these wetter winters and warmer, drier summers. What if this year’s summer brings water shortages again? The seemingly endless rainfall causing flooding across the UK right now could help solve future summer drought problems – if we capture it right.

The stakes are high in Speyside, home to around half of Scotland’s malt whisky distilleries. They had to cope with 2025 being the UK’s warmest and sunniest on record, where prolonged dry conditions led to widespread restrictions on water abstraction. Multiple distilleries were forced into temporary closures, costing the industry millions of pounds and highlighting just how vulnerable even Scotland’s famously wet regions are to water scarcity.

Whisky production represents one of the UK’s biggest industrial water users. Large quantities of water are required for the distilling process and the product itself, so understanding water conservation is both extremely important for the industry, and can also help others recognise the benefits.

If it was possible to retain this winter’s rainfall and release it gradually when it was needed, the nation could become more resilient to both floods and droughts without building expensive new reservoirs.

Managing droughts with floods

Across Speyside, they’re testing ways to slow, store and steadily release water by working with the landscape rather than against it. Distillers have invested in leaky dams (small barriers built across temporary upland streams) to slow the flow of water during heavy rain and allow the rainwater to soak into soil and recharge groundwater.

Leaky dams hold the water at surface level as well helping it store underground. Water in the soil and deeper groundwater move through the subsurface much more slowly than over land – taking weeks or months rather than hours or days – which is why rivers still flow even after long dry spells.

An overhead view of the Tromie river.
Tromie river in Speyside. Ondrej Zeleznik/Shutterstock

There are other examples of useful interventions. Peatland restoration, wetland creation and tree planting all work by increasing temporary storage in the landscape and slowing the movement of water into rivers.

Research across upland catchment areas in Cumbria and West Yorkshire shows how the principles being tested in Speyside could translate to elsewhere. A large academic review of natural flood management evidence concluded that measures increasing water storage, slowing the flow of water over the land or enhancing soil structure can consistently reduce the peak level of a flood.

This growing body of evidence supports a simple but powerful idea: the UK and other countries could be more resilient to droughts and floods by redesigning landscapes to keep water around for longer.

Three lessons for the rest of the UK

1. Design and location matter

Local factors and hydrology (the study of the movement and management of water) can determine what works best where. For example, planting trees “somewhere” delivers far less benefit than planting them in the right places, especially near rivers, near the source of the river, or where soil can absorb water.

2. Benefits must stack up or they won’t be adopted

Leaky dams and other projects, such as tree planting, are relatively inexpensive, compared with traditionally engineered flood defences or having to deal with flood and drought consequences. They can deliver benefits at a fraction of the cost, while potentially also increasing biodiversity, soil health, carbon capture and improving water quality.

But there are trade-offs, which need to be assessed early. For example, in some cases, large-scale tree planting can also reduce summer water availability in already stressed catchment areas. Tree canopies can temporarily store water on the leaves, but if this water evaporates it doesn’t return to the soil. Tree roots improve the soil so it absorbs and stores more water, but trees can also use more water. The net effects depend on factors such as climate, soil type and tree species.

3. Good governance will unlock funding

When water security has clear economic benefits, businesses are willing to engage. However, investment is not always private, and a recent review showed public funding is often fragmented, with inconsistent planning rules. Strengthening overall governance of these kind of schemes is essential, because farmers, businesses and landowners are far more likely to participate if they benefit.

Managing our landscapes appropriately won’t stop all floods or prevent every drought, but it can make both less severe, while restoring habitats, supporting farming, and protecting industries that rely on dependable water supplies.

Every river carrying floodwater to the sea represents water that could be stored for drier months. Thinking ahead for what happens during heavy rains can be part of forward planning for more extreme weather in years to come.The Conversation

Josie Geris, Reader in Hydrology, University of Aberdeen and Megan Klaar, Associate Professor, Hydroecology and Catchment Management, University of Leeds

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Bad Bunny’s power pole dance spotlighted the colonial legacy of energy poverty

Jenna Imad HarbAustralian National University and Kirsty AnantharajahUniversity of Canberra

When Bad Bunny and his dancers scaled power poles during his Super Bowl performance, he wasn’t just entertaining millions. He was spotlighting how Puerto Rico’s chronic power outages are a legacy of its colonisation.

Puerto Rico is far from alone in this struggle – colonialism and geopolitical power imbalances have shaped access to electricity worldwide.

Puerto Rico has long suffered rolling blackouts lasting days and sometimes months. This leaves residents – especially vulnerable populations – without refrigeration, medical equipment, or air conditioning.

This isn’t just poor infrastructure management, though that is certainly an issue. It’s the ongoing legacy of colonial control over energy systems.

Colonial powers built energy systems designed to extract resources and profits for distant corporations and governments, not to serve local communities. As a result, local communities pay high costs for inadequate power. Similar patterns exist globally, from the Caribbean to the Middle East.

Colonial abandonment, not poor management

Puerto Rico’s chronic blackouts stem from what scholars call “energy colonialism”, where powerful countries and companies control the energy resources of less powerful countries or regions.

Puerto Rico became a US territory in 1898 but does not have voting representation in Congress. While under US responsibility, Puerto Ricans are denied the federal support granted to other US states.

After Hurricane Maria hit Puerto Rico in 2017, it took 11 months to restore the grid – the longest blackout in US history. Yet federal aid was drastically lower than for US states hit by hurricanes around the same period and “tens of billions short of the US$94.4 billion that disaster experts estimated is needed for a full recovery”. As Cecilio Ortiz García, co-founder of the University of Puerto Rico’s National Institute of Energy and Island Sustainability, explains:

the grid has become the poster child of the decay of the colonial system, its institutions and a very vulnerable population. This is colonial abandonment, not poor management.

Unreliable energy feeds hopelessness

Energy colonisation may manifest differently in different colonial contexts. Our research in Lebanon shows several ways colonial dynamics affect energy insecurity.

In Lebanon, energy access has been undermined by Israel’s deliberate targeting of electricity infrastructure in its strikes in southern Lebanon following its invasion of Gaza. It is also undermined by political corruption rooted in colonial governance structures, such as politicians maintaining ties to private diesel generator companies that profit when the public electricity grid fails.

When France colonised Lebanon in the early 1900s, it deliberately designed a political system that divided power along religious lines, a structure still in place today. This system was created to keep Lebanon weak and dependent.

It has fostered political gridlock and corruption, with politicians profiting from failing energy systems rather than fixing them. The state’s dependence on international donors – and donors’ hesitation to subsidise energy infrastructure – has also reinforced energy poverty for residents.

Reliable energy is essential for survival

Colonial energy development dynamics are exemplified by Pacific struggles to access climate finance. Pacific countries divert significant resources to become accredited to key climate funds, in the hope of directly accessing finance. However, both the practice of mobilising finance through intermediaries, and prioritising debt finance – further indebting poor regions – ultimately channels vital resources away from Pacific nations.

As climate disasters intensify, and reliable energy becomes ever more essential for survival, recognising the colonial roots of global energy systems is key. A critical site for recognition, as argued by Puerto Rican energy advocate Juan Rosario is ownership: “the most important thing in this energy revolution is who owns it and who rules”.

Energy justice – grounded in ownership, self‑determination, and equality — must be more nuanced. We need to ask: Who gets to own the energy systems? Who makes the decisions? Who gets the money? Right now, big corporations and governments control energy. Real energy justice means communities run their own power systems and keep the benefits for themselves. Thus, energy justice cannot focus solely on technical fixes. It must also confront the structures of power that shape who benefits from energy systems and who is left vulnerable.

Our research in Lebanon shows how these experiences of energy colonialism are felt – in the wellbeing of communities, and in individual emotions and bodies. In the humanitarian community in Lebanon, people are unable to escape extreme temperature during energy insecurity and blackouts. Feelings of hopelessness and frustration come from persistent energy poverty.

Recognising joy and strength

There are no easy solutions, but we can still take a key lesson from Bad Bunny’s performance. It is vital to call out the structures of power his performance made visible. Bad Bunny’s performance also demonstrated the joy that can be found, even momentarily, from shifting focus from colonial conditions to the strength and resilience of marginalised communities.

Our research showed this strength should be supported and not taken for granted. One participant in Lebanon said:

“Do people have the choice not to be resilient? Like, is there a counterfactual Lebanon where people are not resilient and they suffer more than what they’re suffering now? How do you determine what resilience is versus wanting to live your life? It’s just you waking up and having to find a way.”The Conversation

Jenna Imad Harb, Research Fellow, Australian National University and Kirsty Anantharajah, Research fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Trump has scrapped the long-standing legal basis for tackling climate emissions

Robyn EckersleyThe University of Melbourne

Regulating climate emissions just became more difficult. US President Donald Trump announced on Thursday the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has repealed its own 2009 legal finding that greenhouse gas emissions endanger human health.

Vindicated by a Supreme Court ruling in 2007, and based on scientific evidence, this so-called endangerment finding by the EPA provided the legal warrant for the regulation of greenhouse gases by the federal government. It underpinned the Obama administration’s Clean Power Plan, which regulated emissions from power plants. In his first term, Trump had tried to weaken it but a new version was introduced by the Biden administration.

Without the endangerment finding, and in the absence of new laws passed by both Houses of Congress, the federal government lacks the legal mandate for direct regulation of greenhouse emissions. The science hasn’t changed, but the obligation to act on it has been scrubbed out.

If you imagine the United States as a collection of big greenhouse gas pots with lids, the Trump administration has been lifting the lids off one by one, releasing more emissions by stepping up fossil fuel extraction, production and consumption. This legal finding held down the biggest lid on climate emissions — and Trump has pulled it right off. This will have a structural effect globally.

What is the endangerment finding, and how was it developed?

In 1970, when the US environment movement was at its most influential, Congress passed an important piece of legislation called the Clean Air Act. It empowered the new Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to declare something a pollutant if it endangered public health. Initially, it was used to regulate pollutants such as smog or coal ash, the byproducts of industry.

During the George W. Bush presidency, the EPA made a ruling that greenhouse gases were also a pollutant within the meaning of the Clean Air Act. This ruling was challenged in 2007 by fossil fuel interests in the case of Massachusetts v EPA, but the court ruled (five judges to four) that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases were “air pollutants” that endangered human health and welfare. It directed the EPA to assess their impact on human welfare — allowing the agency to regulate them.

However, the Bush administration did not push the EPA to implement the ruling.

How was the endangerment finding used for climate action?

President Barack Obama promised to act on climate during his election campaign but faced a hostile Senate when he came to power. His efforts to enact an emission trading bill failed.

However, the endangerment finding allowed him to use his executive power to direct the EPA to regulate emissions. In his first term, the EPA issued new vehicle emissions regulations for cars and light trucks, and some power plants and refineries.

In his second term, Obama extended those regulations to all power plants. These moves represented the US’s first significant steps towards emissions reductions. They enhanced Obama’s diplomatic credibility in the negotiations for the Paris Agreement in 2015. This provided a footing for bilateral cooperation with China on clean energy, helping to build diplomatic trust between the world’s two biggest emitters. Their lead negotiators worked together in the final days of the negotiations to get the Paris Agreement over the line.

Why has Trump overturned it?

On February 12, Trump announced the EPA would rescind the legal finding it has relied on for nearly 20 years. Among all the wrecking balls he has swung at efforts to decarbonise the US economy, this is the biggest. He claims the legal finding hurts Americans. The EPA’s director, Trump-appointed Lee Zeldin, called the rule the “holy grail of climate change religion”.

“This determination had no basis in fact — none whatsoever,” Trump told the media on Thursday. “And it had no basis in law. On the contrary, over the generations, fossil fuels have saved millions of lives and lifted billions of people out of poverty all over the world.”

But without federal action to curb emissions, the impact of climate change will intensify. The US is the “indispensable state” when it comes achieving the goals and principles of the Paris Agreement. Although China’s annual aggregate emissions are much higher than the US’s, the US is the world’s largest historical emitter, which makes it the most causally responsible for the global heating that has already occurred.

Yet the Trump administration regards climate change as a hoax. Trump has withdrawn the US not only from the Paris Agreement but also the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. In short, the US is now actively fanning the flame of global heating.

In a case of history repeating itself, the arguments being made by Zedlin are pretty much the same as those once put forward by the original opponents of the endangerment finding: claiming that the original legislation was supposed to apply only to local pollutants such as smog, but not greenhouse gases, and that the science isn’t clear.

Those arguments don’t stack up, because there is indisputable evidence that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases do indeed harm human health and welfare. The EPA is obliged to regulate harmful pollutants at the specific source.

What’s next?

This move will trigger court cases, which won’t be resolved quickly. Zedlin and Trump will face a crowd of litigants, including environment groups and NGOs. The Trump administration will likely ignore these and steam ahead with its “drill, baby, drill” slogan.

If the lawsuits fail, or Trump ignores them, it will be devastating. There will be no overarching federal legislation directly regulating emissions in the US. What’s more, a new Democrat president committed to climate action will not have this easy lever to regulate greenhouse gases. Instead, they will have to get new climate legislation through an intensely polarised Congress.

However, there are ways forward. Assuming Trump is prepared to leave office after his second term (admittedly, a big if), it is possible a new Democratic administration might have the numbers in Congress to enact new climate legislation. In the meantime, climate action is continuing to ratchet up at the state and city level in many US states.The Conversation

Robyn Eckersley, Redmond Barry Professor of Political Science, School of Social and Political Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘A lingering in stillness’: philosopher Byung-Chul Han on the radical power of gardening

Dominik scythe/unsplashCC BY-NC
Thomas MoranAdelaide University

Cicero, the Roman Stoic, once wrote to his friend Varro, pending a visit to his home: “If you have a garden in your library, we shall have all we want.” This same desire for good books and natural beauty is at the heart of Byung-Chul Han’s In Praise of the Earth, in which he reflects on gardening as a form of philosophical meditation.


Review: In Praise of the Earth: A Journey into the Garden – Byung-Chul Han (Polity)


Born in South Korea and based in Germany, Han has risen to prominence as a philosopher in the last ten years with a series of short, readable but penetrating works critiquing the values that govern contemporary capitalist society.

Han considers contemporary concerns like burnout, the loss of attention and information overload, drawing on thinkers such as HegelMarx and Nietzsche to diagnose the effects of digital capitalism.

As well as these canonical European thinkers, he considers the ideas of Eastern philosophers and poets like Lao Tzu and Bashō. Indeed he has written books on Zen Buddhism and the Chinese idea of shanzhai or “decreation”, which disrupts the usual hierarchy between real and fake.

Han is a rare thinker who can make complex ideas engaging without losing any of their intellectual acuity. He writes slim volumes, easily carried in a coat pocket, which brim with explosive diagnoses of contemporary ills while proposing new ways of living.

Byung-Chul Han pictured in 2015. Wikimedia Commons

In The Burnout Society, for instance, Han critiques the effects of what he calls “the achievement society”, in which efficiency and a relentless drive toward self-optimisation result in feelings of despair, loneliness and exhaustion. Against the tide of self-help manuals focusing on positivity and success, he suggests “rest and contemplation are acts of resistance against a world that demands constant productivity. In pausing we reclaim our humanity.”

In Praise of the Earth suggests the humble practice of gardening can offer one example of this kind of resistance. While he reflects on the deeper implications of gardening and thinking, Han’s book is also practical and personal. It is both a philosophical treatise on gardening and a diary of his experiences tending to his Bi-Won, Korean for “secret garden” in Berlin, over a period of three years.

Han describes gardening as a form of “silent meditation, a lingering in stillness”. Cultivating plants, he suggests, can transform our relationship to time. “Since I have begun working in my garden,” he writes, “I experience time differently. It passes much slower. It expands. The time until next spring feels like an eternity.”

This new sense of time is not only attuned to the changing seasons but to the growth of the plants and flowers he nurtures. “Every plant has its proper time,” he notes. “In the garden many such times overlap. The autumn crocus and the spring crocus have an altogether different sense of time.”

This awareness of overlapping time schemes prompts Han to reflect on what he describes as “the time of the other”, which invites an ethical response of care and concern. This time of the other is not related to acquisition or domination but instead thrives through a mutual act of cultivation.

For Han the time of the garden is fundamentally different to the time of digital capitalism, which is characterised by speed, distraction, and exploitation. “Digitalisation intensifies the noise of communication”.

In contrast, “the garden is an ecstatic place for lingering.”

The language of flowers

As a gardener, Han is entranced by the names of plants. Many of the book’s short chapters bear the names of those he is growing: Willow Catkins, White Forsythia, Anemones … These names prompt reflection: “Since I have taken up gardening, I try to remember as many flower names as possible.”

Reflecting on these names, Han begins to develop new ideas. He notes that astilbes are called Prachtspiere in German, which translates as “splendid splinters”. Spier means “small, tender tip”. He notes, “Without my garden, I would never have come across the word […] Such words widen my world.”

Astilbes, or splendid splinters. K8/unsplashCC BY

His world also widens as his attention moves from language to nature more broadly and he starts to see plant life all around him in Berlin.

Before gardening, he writes, “I was in some way indifferent not only toward willow catkins but towards all plants. Today I see my former indifference as an embarrassing blindness.” Gardening opens our eyes to the movement of leaves and opens our ears to the buzzing of insects.

This reflection is complemented by Isabella Gresser’s botanical drawings interspersed throughout the book. The delicate, white line drawings on black paper are accompanied by the botanical names of the flowers in question, allowing the reader to linger.

Song of praise

The movement from the particular to the universal is one of the book’s great strengths. The practical problem of keeping a camellia alive on a snowy night prompts a reflection on care, while waiting for a Japanese allspice to bloom sparks a contemplation on the nature of hope. “Hoping is the temporal mode of the gardener,” Han writes.

Polity

By attending to the most minute bud of a flower Han believes we can begin to develop a “planetary consciousness”. This consciousness is accompanied by “a deep reverence for the Earth.”

This reverence is in turn complemented by one of the oldest philosophical sensations – that of wonder – which Plato described as the feeling that gives birth to philosophy.

In this spirit, Han writes,

We should learn again to wonder at the earth […] In the garden I experience that the earth is magical, enigmatic, and mysterious. As soon as you treat her as a resource to be exploited you have already destroyed her.

Han’s book is part of a long tradition of philosophical reflections on the art of gardening.

The followers of the ancient Greek philosopher Epicurus formed a community called “The Garden” where they practised philosophy among trees and flowers. Chinese literati found solace in ornamental gardens designed to reflect Taoist principles such as the unity of opposites.

It is also part of a recent wave of works in which contemporary thinkers reflect on the philosophical significance of gardens. Italian thinker Giorgio Agamben’s The Kingdom and the Garden (2019), for instance, illuminates the relationship between theological reflections on the biblical Garden of Eden and political theories of liberation.

In Praise of the Earth is a philosophical song, which finds in the most delicate blossom a resounding call for care. “Flowering is rapture,” Han writes and reading this book too, is a rapturous experience.The Conversation

Thomas Moran, Lecturer in the Department of English, Creative Writing and Film, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Three February 2026: Issue 651 (published Sunday February 15 2026)

Nymphes myrmeleonides: Yellow Lacewing

Nymphes myrmeleonides is an Australian insect in the order Neuroptera, known as the blue eyes lacewing even though it is yellow. They are also known as Common Lacewing and Giant Orange Lacewing. We had one fly into the house this week, just before rain - and although we've had Green Lacewings fly indoors before, this is the first yellow we've seen.

Our photo didn't turn out so well - must get macro lens - but a great clear version shows you what they look like:

Nymphes myrmeleonides Photo by Dr. David Midgley. Location: Berowra, Sydney.

This yellow lacewing is found in areas of New South Wales and Queensland. The species have a body length of up to 4 centimetres (1.6 in) and a wingspan of up to 11 cm (4.3 in), each wing ending in a white tip. The larvae of N. myrmeleonides resemble antlions and construct pit traps by burrowing into loose soil.

The insect order Neuroptera, from Ancient Greek νεῦρον (neûron), meaning "nerve", and πτερόν (pterón), meaning "wing", are also known as net-winged insects, and includes the lacewings, mantidflies, antlions, and their relatives. The order consists of some 6,000 species. Neuroptera is grouped together with the Megaloptera (alderflies, fishflies, and dobsonflies) and Raphidioptera (snakeflies) in the unranked taxon Neuropterida (once known as Planipennia).

Adult neuropterans have four membranous wings, all about the same size, with many veins. They have chewing mouthparts, and undergo complete metamorphosis.

Neuropterans first appeared during the Permian period, and continued to diversify through the Mesozoic era. During this time, several unusually large forms evolved, especially in the extinct family Kalligrammatidae, often called "the butterflies of the Jurassic" for their large, patterned wings.

When fly, they may be mistaken as dragonflies, but their wings are a fold-in-tent shape which dragonflies do not do. They can also distinguished by their long antenna. When disturbed, they usually fly slowly to two or three metes away. 

This Summer insect lays white eggs in a 'U' shape on tree trunks and fences. The larvae are litter dwellers, and cover themselves with debris. They are predators on other small insects which is why many gardeners consider them 'beneficial insects' at this time of year.

Nymphes myrmeleonides Photo by A J Guesdon. Location: Pittwater, Sydney.

A few more local fliers

Climate outlook for March to June

Issued 12 February 2026 by BOM

Long-range forecast overview

The long-range forecast for March to May shows:

  • Rainfall is likely to be below average for most of the southern two-thirds of Australia.
  • Daytime temperatures are very likely to be above average across most of the southern two-thirds of Australia and parts of far northern Australia.
  • Overnight temperatures are likely to very likely to be above average across much of Australia.

Rainfall—Summary

Below average autumn rainfall likely for much of the south

March to May

  • Autumn rainfall is likely to be below average (60 to 80% chance) for most of the southern two-thirds of Australia. The drier than average forecast signal generally increases in extent and likelihood as the season progresses.
  • For much of northern Australia, the rainfall forecast for March to May does not strongly favour a particular outcome, meaning there are roughly equal chances that rainfall will be above, below or close to average.
  • This rainfall forecast from ACCESS-S is generally consistent with forecasts from most international models although ACCESS-S predicts higher chances of below average rainfall.
  • There is an increased chance of unusually low rainfall1 (over 50% chance) for parts of north-eastern Tasmania and South Australia's interior. 
  • For the month of March, the rainfall forecast does not strongly favour a particular outcome for much of the country, however rainfall is likely to be above average (60 to 70% chance) for parts of Cape York Peninsula, the Top End and northern Kimberley and below average in scattered parts of southern and central Australia.

1Unusually low rainfall is that in the driest 20% of March to May records between 1981 and 2018.

Temperature—Summary

Warmer than average autumn days and nights likely across most of Australia

March to May

  • Maximum temperatures for autumn are very likely to be above average (more than 80% chance) across most of Australia.
  • The chance of above average maximum temperatures is closer to 50% for northern parts of Queensland and the Northern Territory, where rainfall and increased cloud cover, particularly during March, may act to moderate temperatures.
  • These temperature forecasts from ACCESS-S are generally consistent with most international models, although ACCESS-S predicts higher chances of warmer than average temperatures, especially over the northern interior of Australia.
  • Much of Australia has an increased chance of unusually high maximum temperatures2 (over 50% chance), with the strongest chances in north-eastern Tasmania, and far western and eastern Australia (over 70% chance).
  • Minimum temperatures are likely to be above average (60% to over 80% chance) across most of Australia, with lower chances (closer to 50%) for the Kimberley, central Australia and some inland parts of south-eastern Australia.
  • There is an increased chance of unusually high minimum temperatures2 (over 50% chance) for parts of far western Australia and the Cape York Peninsula.

2Unusually high maximum and minimum temperatures are those in the warmest 20% of March to May days and nights, respectively, between 1981 and 2018.

We use our long-range model, ACCESS-S, to forecast up to four months ahead. It simulates how the atmosphere and oceans may change, using millions of observations from satellites, land stations, and ocean instruments.

We also track global climate indicators to help understand long-term weather patterns. These mainly reflect how the ocean and atmosphere interact.

Current climate indicators:

  • Sea surface temperatures (SSTs) during January 2026 were the sixth warmest on record in the Australian region and the fourth warmest for the global average.
  • The sea surface temperature (SST) analysis for the week ending 8 February 2026 shows warmer than average waters persist off parts of the Western Australian coastline, in particular the Gascoyne and south-western Pilbara coasts. Cooler than average waters remain in the Tasman Sea, Bass Strait and in the Arafura and Timor seas to Australia's north.
  • Forecasts for March to May show SSTs are likely to be warmer-than-average across much of the Australian region, but closer to average off parts of the southern and northern Australian coasts. Warmer oceans can provide increased moisture and energy, that can enhance the severity of storms, cyclones and rain systems.
  • La Niña is easing in the tropical Pacific

 

First-Ever Release of Captive-Bred Mallee Emu-wrens Back Into the Wild

video by Zoos South Australia, published Feb. 6, 2026

Seventeen tiny birds have taken a giant step for conservation.

For the first time in history, captive-bred Mallee Emu-wrens have been released back into the wild in South Australia’s mallee. Once feared locally extinct after devastating bushfires, this endangered species has now returned thanks to years of careful planning, science-led breeding and genuine collaboration.

This landmark conservation milestone is the result of a multi-year partnership between Zoos SA, the Murraylands and Riverland Landscape Board, and the National Parks and Wildlife Service SA, with guidance from the Threatened Mallee Bird Conservation Action Plan Steering Committee.

Filmed from the breeding aviaries at Monarto Safari Park to a carefully selected mallee release site, this story follows the journey from early husbandry trials to the moment these 4–6 gram birds take flight into spinifex habitat where they belong. What began as a question of whether the species could survive in human care has become a powerful proof of concept for threatened species recovery.

This first release marks a critical step toward re-establishing a South Australian population of Mallee Emu-wrens and provides a blueprint for future conservation translocations across the Murray–Darling Depression.

Small birds. Big collaboration. Real hope for a species on the brink.

The lower Murray is officially on life support. Will we save it?

Michael Obeysekera/UnsplashCC BY
Nick WhiterodAdelaide University Margaret ShanafieldFlinders University, and Thomas ProwseAdelaide University

At 2,500 km long, the Murray is Australia’s longest river. It provides 3 million people with drinking water and irrigates around 1.5 million hectares of farmland.

But this intensive use has come at a cost: the lower Murray — defined as the River Murray downstream of the Darling River and its meandering creeks and floodplains — is now dangerously environmentally degraded.

In mid January, the lower Murray was listed as a critically endangered ecological community under Australia’s nature laws. This means there’s an extremely high chance its native ecosystems will become extinct within the immediate future, in as little as ten years. The Macquarie Marshes in northern New South Wales, one of the largest inland wetlands in south east Australia, was listed as endangered on the same day.

The health of the lower Murray matters greatly. It is the lifeblood for a large swathe of southern Australia and supports a diverse range of unique plants and animals, local economies and the well-being of people that love and rely on it.

Connecting the basin to the sea

The lower Murray is one of a growing number of Australian ecological communities at risk of becoming extinct. These communities include all the plants and animals co-existing in an area, in some cases for millions of years.

The lower Murray winds through expansive floodplains, limestone gorges and swamplands as it flows 830 kilometres downstream from its junction with the Darling River to the sea near Goolwa.

The internationally recognised lower reaches of the river, including Lakes Alexandrina and Albert and the Murray Estuary, connect the vast Murray-Darling Basin with the ocean. This includes the famous Coorong, the setting of the book Storm Boy which captured the hearts of Australians and showed us the glory of a rich wetland landscape full of abundant fish and birdlife.

An aerial image of the Murray river.
The lower Murray near Waikerie, in South Australia’s Riverland. Charlie ZukowskiCC BY-ND

Less water, less life

The lower Murray supports a wealth of native Australian fauna. But the development of weirs and barrages since the twentieth century to regulate the water level and divert water for irrigation have dramatically altered the flow of the river.

This regulation has supported increased European settlement, trade, and agriculture along the river, setting the scene for the region as we know it today.

Nowadays, inflow to the Lower Lakes is about half of what it once was prior to European settlement. In those days, the river experienced flows the plants and animals needed, which connected floodplains to the river and flushed the whole Murray-Darling Basin.

However, river regulation has drastically altered the water flow and ecology of the lower Murray. The destruction of native vegetation, poor water quality and invasive species such as foxes and carp have also taken their toll.

It is increasingly clear the lower Murray region is changing at a rapid rate, to a drier and warmer climate with less flow and more extreme droughts.

To a casual observer, these lower stretches of the Murray appear to be doing okay. The river typically has water, thanks in part to how it is managed, and it still experiences big replenishing floods.

You can still catch an iconic Murray cod (pondi in Ngarrindjeri language), and the pelican (ngori in Ngarrindjeri) still effortlessly roams the Coorong. But look more closely and the danger signs are clear.

A lock, that looks like a pier, lies across the wide, brown width of the Murray.
The Lock 4 weir on the lower Murray, near Berri in South Australia. The locks and weirs regulate water flow and boats. Nick WhiterodCC BY-ND

Signs of a slow death

Many wetlands on the floodplain have dried up, depriving native animals of their homes, and the several-hundred-year-old river red gums are dying. Poor water quality and algal blooms are now common threats in the lower Murray lakes and Coorong.

The true state of the lower Murray became evident during the Millennium Drought of the 2000s. Between 2007 and 2010, no flow was discharged out the Murray Mouth , with floodplain wetlands drying and the water level of the Lower Lakes dropping to below sea level. This caused the drying of the habitats of freshwater animals and exposed acidic sediments in the Lower Lakes.

The Coorong became hypersaline — five times as salty as the ocean — above what most animals and plants could survive. The Millennium Drought led to the near ecological collapse of Lower Lakes and Coorong, and hints at what the future may hold if the lower Murray ecological community becomes extinct. An extinct river is one so fundamentally degraded that it no longer functions as it should. Everything relying on it suffers or disappears.

Protecting the river

The lower Murray ecological community was first listed as threatened in 2013, before losing that status later the same year. It was nominated again in 2023 with a rigorous, science-based assessment, and was approved in mid January 2026.

Recovery will take considerable effort. Australia’s independent Threatened Species Scientific Committee undertook the lower Murray’s assessment, and gave advice to federal Environment Minister Murray Watt, who made the final decision.

This listing is a wake-up call. The conservation advice identifies what actions are needed to protect and restore the river, lakes and wetlands. These include connecting with communities so the recovery becomes a shared responsibility, and greater research and monitoring to guide management.

The listing does not halt existing activities such as agriculture. But major new developments must now consider impacts on the ecological community, including its critical habitats and key species. Returning water to the Murray through the Commonwealth’s water for the environment program has been important, and must continue as the review of the Murray Darling Basin Plan takes shape.

Beyond more water for the river, complementary measures such as creating fish ladders and reducing invasive species will be needed to give the environment a fighting chance. The Conversation

A group of pelican perch on a jetty.
Pelicans of the Lower Lakes perch on a jetty. Nick WhiterodCC BY-ND

Nick Whiterod, Researcher, Adelaide University Margaret Shanafield, Associate Professor, Hydrology/hydrogeology, Flinders University, and Thomas Prowse, Postdoctoral research fellow, School of Mathematical Sciences, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sea lion camera reveals mother taking pup on educational foraging expedition in the wild

Nathan AngelakisCC BY-NC
Nathan AngelakisAdelaide University

Most seals give birth to a pup around the same time each year, and wean them and send them on their way within 12 months in an annual cycle.

Australian sea lions are different. They have an 18-month breeding cycle, out of sync with the seasons, which has puzzled scientists for years.

So compared to other seals, Australian sea lion mothers spend an extra six months or more nursing their pups. Why this is so remains a mystery.

In our latest study, we captured footage of an Australian sea lion mother taking her 11-month old pup on an 8-hour foraging trip to sea. This footage provides the first direct evidence we have that Australian sea lion mothers pass on foraging skills to their pups – which may have helped shape the unique life and reproductive patterns of this endangered creature.

What a sealcam showed

To get a closer look at how Australian sea lions rear their young, we attached an underwater camera, a GPS tracker and a dive recorder to an 8-year-old sea lion mother from the colony at Seal Bay on Kangaroo Island in South Australia.

A few days later, when the mother returned to the colony from sea, we collected the devices, downloaded the data, and took a look at the camera recording. We captured amazing footage of the mother and pup diving at sea together and foraging across different habitats such as sponge gardens, kelp reefs and large sandy plains.

Map of Seal Bay showing sea lion travel route
A map showing the mother sea lion’s trip with the pup compared to her solo travel. Angelakis et al. / Australian Journal of ZoologyCC BY-NC

We were even lucky enough to collect footage of the mother capturing a giant cuttlefish and taking it to the surface to devour, with the pup close by throughout the whole capture.

This finding suggests Australian sea lion mothers use social learning to pass on foraging skills to pups, and can demonstrate to them how to locate, capture and consume prey.

Many sea creatures learn from their mothers

This social learning of foraging behaviour from mother to offspring is well known in other marine mammals.

Bottlenose dolphin mothers teach their calves how to use sponges when they forage on the seabed. Orcas and sea otters also inherit dietary preferences from their mothers.

In these species, this social learning of behaviour is thought to be critical to raising young, assisting them in learning how to hunt challenging prey, or to hunt in diverse habitats.

Images of a sea lion pup swimming under the sea
Still images from the camera attached to an adult female Australian sea lion, showing her pup (a) travelling across a sponge garden habitat, (b) swimming over bare sand, (c) ascending, and (d) at the surface. Angelakis et al. / Australian Journal of ZoologyCC BY-NC

Scientists have speculated before that seals may use social learning when raising pups. However, finding direct evidence of these behaviours has remained elusive.

Earlier research has suggested Australian sea lion pups require lots of experience and knowledge of foraging grounds to hunt successfully. Therefore, the extra months pups spend with their mothers may provide the opportunity for them to develop their foraging skills while accompanying them on trips at sea.

Social learning and biology

The video we collected in this study provides exciting new insight into evolutionary and ecological factors that may have helped shape the unique 18-month breeding cycle and life of the Australian sea lion. Social learning may be an important component of the development of foraging behaviour in Australian sea lion pups.

Australian sea lion mothers take sole care in raising their pups, so they are critical to the survival of the pups, and the success of Australian sea lion populations. Australian sea lions are endangered, with their populations declining by more than 60% over the last 40 years.

Continued research using underwater cameras will improve our knowledge on the unique lives of Australian sea lions. Understanding the ecology and evolutionary biology of the species is key to protecting their populations into the future.The Conversation

Nathan Angelakis, PhD Candidate in Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

North Avalon Beach Dune Planting

Sunday, 1 March 2026 - 08:30 am to 12:00 pm

Join us to stabilise North Avalon Beach Dune. All community members are welcome from 8:30am-midday.

Please bring:

  • Gloves
  • Hat, sunglasses and sunscreen
  • Wear long pants and sleeved shirt
  • Enclosed boots/shoes 

Meeting point: North Avalon Beach; Refer to exact location below:

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Labor approves Middlemount coal mine extension 

On Friday February 13 2026 news broke that the Middlemount coal mine extension had been approved by Federal Environment Minister Murray Watt, Senator for Queensland. The Middlemount Coal Mine is an open-cut mine located approximately 90 kilometres north-east of Emerald and some 7 kilometres west of the township of Middlemount in Queensland's Bowen Basin. The project will extend an open cut pit and divert a section of Roper Creek that provides an important corridor for koalas, greater gliders and other native animals. 

The Greens called Labor’s extension of the Coal Mine a continuation of their ‘climate vandalism’ with more coal, pollution and bulldozing of habitat locked in until 2044.

Environment Minister Murray Watt rubber stamped Yancoal and Peabody’s proposal to allow the extraction of an additional 112 million tonnes of coal plus the clearing of more than 180 hectares of threatened koala and glider habitat.

Labor’s decision ignores expert advice from the Independent Expert Scientific Committee who warned of risks to riparian continuity, declining water quality, increasingly saline residual voids and cumulative groundwater impacts, the Greens state.

The Climate Council estimates that recent approvals add up to billions of tonnes of future emissions meaning worse heatwaves, more floods, more catastrophic bushfires and rising insurance costs for everyday Australians.

Environmental Advocacy in Central Queensland analysis shows the exported coal from this single extension will generate hundreds of millions of tonnes of CO₂-e when burned overseas.

Greens and Climate spokesperson, Larissa Waters said on Friday:

“Approving new coal expansions in the middle of the hottest summer on record is indefensible climate vandalism.

“Today, under the cover of the Liberals tearing each other apart, Labor has approved their 35th fossil fuel project.

“These projects lock in hundreds of millions of tonnes of pollution and push Australia further away from meeting even the weak 2035 emissions target. Labor can’t call itself a climate leader and keep signing off on mines that supercharge the climate crisis.

“There is a stark pattern from Labor who talk up domestic renewables while ticking off on coal or gas projects that wipe out those gains. 

“MIddlemount’s biodiversity offsets are being used as political cover. You can’t offset extinction, replace old growth riparian systems, hollows or connected wildlife corridors with a ledger entry. 

“This Government talks about a ‘just transition’ while handing fossil-fuel companies decades more profit and leaving people on the frontline to pay the cost.

“Big coal and gas are profiting and calling the shots. Labor has to put people and the planet ahead of corporate donations and fossil-fuel lobbying.

“The Australian Greens will continue to fight every approval that locks Australia into a hotter, more dangerous future. No more coal and gas.

“Real climate action means stopping approvals that make hitting emissions targets impossible and protecting the wildlife and communities already paying the price.”

Roper Creek area. Photo supplied   

Central Queensland coordinator for Lock The Gate, Dr Claire Gronow said: "The Albanese government is in climate denial. You cannot take meaningful action on climate change while approving new sources of climate pollution. With every new or expanded coal mine they approve, the Albanese government is burning our future and burning their own credibility.  Now is the time to be implementing an orderly transition away from coal, not approving massive expansions. 

"Environment Minister Murray Watt likes to talk about cracking down on land clearing and environmental laws that will protect endangered wildlife habitat, but then he uses those same laws to approve a coal mine to destroy koala and greater glider habitat. The hypocrisy is staggering."

Queensland Conservation Council Campaigner, Ms Charlie Cox said: "This is the second coal project in Queensland that the Albanese government has approved this year, all while much of our state is in the midst of yet another flood clean up. The science is unwavering - digging and burning coal is fundamentally changing our climate, driving more frequent rain events and flooding. Allowing Yancoal to extract and export another 236 million tonnes of climate pollution tells Queenslanders the Albanese Government does not care about our safety, our health, or our cost of living."

Mackay Conservation Group Campaigner, Imogen Lindenberg said: "The Albanese government is hammering another nail in the coffin of regional Queensland by approving yet another coal mine. We are on the frontline of climate induced extreme weather, which is caused by the mining and burning of fossil fuels and is wreaking havoc on communities and ecosystems. Regional Queenslanders deserve a plan for a sustainable economy that protects both people and nature, not more destructive coal mines."

No statement has been issued by Minister Watts office on the extension approval.

This is the second coal mining project to be approved by the Albanese government this year, after an extension to the Meandu Mine, that supplies coal to the Tarong power station, was granted in January this year. The Albanese government has approved 33 new coal and gas projects since they were elected in 2022. 

Maugean skate's status unchanged

On Friday February 13 2026 Environment Minister Murray Watt announced he has chosen not to change the endangered status of the rare Tasmanian Maugean skate species. Mr. Watt received a request to change the Maugean skate's status from "endangered" to "critically endangered".

''Based on expert scientific advice I have decided to retain the Maugean skate’s status as Endangered, on Australia’s list of threatened species.'' Minister Watt said

''This decision was informed by the advice of the independent Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC) and contributions from the Tasmanian Government, researchers and public comments.''

''In line with the TSSC’s recommendations, I have approved an updated Conservation Advice on the Maugean skate that provides a rigorous assessment of the available scientific evidence. It also provides a solid foundation to guide urgent conservation planning, actions, and research – which will continue to be funded by the Australian Government.''

''My decision responds to a public request to uplist the Maugean skate’s listing from Endangered to Critically Endangered.

Using comparable assessment criteria, on 9 October 2025 the International Union for Conservation of Nature Red List of Threatened Species (the IUCN Red List) completed its assessment for the Maugean skate and also concluded the species should be retained in the Endangered category.''

''The Australian Government remains steadfast in its commitment to ensure the Maugean skate does not go extinct on our watch.

This decision does not change the need to undertake critical actions for the Maugean skate and its home in Macquarie Harbour.''

''The Australian Government is committed to providing further research and action that will help support recovery of the species.'' the Senator stated

''Since 2021, we have provided $37.5 million to support actions that improve the health of Macquarie Harbour and support the Maugean skate. This includes:

  • More than $24.5 million to improve conditions, particularly oxygen levels, in Macquarie Harbour.
  • $10 million to establish and maintain the Maugean skate captive management program.
  • $2.5 million for skate population and environmental monitoring, compliance, and community engagement.
  • And a further $473,000 to support several projects under the National Environment Science Program, including the Maugean skate genetic population assessment.

''The ongoing research will help inform future decisions about the protection of this very special species.'' Minister Watt said

A study by the Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies found Maugean skate numbers had declined by 47 per cent between 2014 and 2021 due to reduced dissolved oxygen levelsSalmon farms were considered a main contributor.

A juvenile Maugean skate. Image: Jane Rucker, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies.

According to conservation advice prepared by the Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water Department, the principal known threat to the Maugean skate is habitat degradation, primarily through sustained reduction of dissolved oxygen levels in Macquarie Harbour.

"The progressive decline in dissolved oxygen levels from 2009 to 2014 coincided with a substantial increase in salmonid aquaculture," the report read.

Australian Greens senator Peter Whish-Wilson said regardless of the species' conservation status it "remains threatened by the persistent political stupidity of Labor prioritising foreign-owned corporations' profit over Tassie's marine environment".

"The best way to give the Maugean skate a fighting chance of survival is to remove toxic industrial Atlantic salmon farming from the state's natural environment," Senator Whish-Wilson said.

"Instead of taking the most direct action to protect the Maugean skate, Labor has resorted to a captive breeding program and spent millions of taxpayers' money on artificially oxygenating Macquarie Harbour."

Salmon Tasmania chief executive John Whittington said his organisation acknowledged Mr Watt's decision for the skate to remain in the endangered category.

"It notes this determination is based on independent rigorous scientific and environmental analysis and assessment," Dr Whittington said.

"The salmon industry will continue to support efforts to ensure the Maugean skate's long-term survival in Macquarie Harbour."

Environment Tasmania said "precautionary decision-making" was needed to save the skate.

"Environment Tasmania calls on the minister to take critical action for the skate and pursue the precautionary principle when it comes to rehabilitating Macquarie Harbour," senior campaigner Jess Coughlan said.

"In this instance it would mean implementing the conservation advice in full, with priority to remove salmon biomass from the Macquarie Harbour leases as an urgent action."

The Bob Brown Foundation said Senator Watt's decision not to uplist the skate to critically endangered was "disgraceful".

"There is great scientific uncertainty about the Maugean skate's future and, in such cases, Watt's Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act requires him to observe the precautionary principle to err on the side of wildlife safety which clearly he has ignored," Dr Brown said.

The Australian Maritime Conservation Society said the decision to renew the skate's endangered listing confirmed the species was at "very high risk of extinction".

"Minister Watt's decision couldn't make it any clearer," spokesperson Dr Leonardo Guida said.

"Over the last three years the very high risk of extinction hasn't changed, that catastrophic problem of salmon farming hasn't changed, and the solution of removing salmon hasn't changed."

The Maugean skate is found nowhere else on Earth except in Tasmania’s Macquarie and Bathurst Harbours. Prolonged levels of low oxygenation, linked to the cumulative impacts of industrial salmon farming, remain the most significant threat to the skate’s survival, compounded by manipulation of river flows and warming oceans.

The renewed Endangered status reflects that the species continues to face a very high risk of extinction in the wild. Without decisive intervention to address water quality and habitat degradation, the skate’s trajectory will not improve.

“The efforts scientists have and continue to put towards better understanding the skate, its home and how to save both have been nothing short of immense,” said Dr Leonardo Guida. “That knowledge is crystallised in the Conservation Advice and must now be actioned by governments and industries alike – a second chance only comes once.”

AMCS are calling on the Federal and Tasmanian Governments to:

  • Implement a clear, time-bound transition plan to remove industrial salmon farming from Macquarie Harbour;
  • Restore and maintain dissolved oxygen levels in line with scientific recommendations;
  • Implement and resource the Conservation Advice for the Maugean skate in full;
  • Ensure transparent, independent monitoring of harbour health.
  • Today’s decision must not be seen as a reprieve for industry, but as a final warning.

“The skate must not disappear on our watch and become the next Tassie Tiger. This renewed listing must be the catalyst for real, measurable action to secure its future.” Dr Leonardo Guida said.

Adult Maugean skate. Photo: Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies.

Seismic blasting proposal near Whale Calving Grounds rejected

Thursday February 12, 2026

The Australian Marine Conservation Society (AMCS) has welcomed the decision by the National Offshore Petroleum Safety and Environmental Management Authority (NOPSEMA) to reject CGG’s proposal to conduct seismic blasting off Victoria’s southwest coast.

The proposal would have allowed high-intensity seismic surveys near calving grounds for the endangered southern right whale and within key foraging habitat for the endangered pygmy blue whale.

AMCS said the decision is a major victory for marine life and the communities who have opposed the proposal for years – including Gunditjmara Traditional Owners, citizen scientists and coastal residents. 

AMCS Fossil Fuels Campaign Manager, Hannah Tait, said: “Seismic blasting has no place in critical whale habitat. 

“This proposal threatened some of the most vulnerable marine species in Australian waters, in an area renowned for its ecological and cultural significance.”

AMCS acknowledged the sustained leadership of Gunditjmara people and the tireless advocacy of local community groups who have stood up to protect their sea Country and coastline.

The proposal was delayed four times amid sustained public opposition – a clear signal that there is no social licence for new oil and gas exploration in sensitive marine environments. Community resistance to new fossil fuel development is growing, particularly where it threatens critical wildlife habitat. 

“This outcome demonstrates the power of sustained community action. Coastal residents, Traditional Owners, fishers and ocean lovers across the region made it clear that blasting in critical wildlife habitat is unacceptable.”

However, AMCS warned that the broader threat remains. Seismic blasting continues to be used across Australian waters as companies search for new fossil fuel reserves.

“At a time when Australia must rapidly transition away from fossil fuels, it is reckless to expose marine life to extreme industrial noise in the pursuit of new oil and gas,” Ms Tait said.

Seismic blasting is used by fossil fuel companies to search for new oil and gas deposits. The process involves firing powerful airguns every few seconds, day and night, for weeks or months at a time. The resulting noise can travel hundreds of kilometres underwater.

Peer-reviewed science shows that seismic blasting can deafen whales, disrupt migration and feeding, and cause stress and behavioural changes in marine mammals and other ocean wildlife. In addition to the endangered southern right and pygmy blue whales, the proposed survey area supports dolphins, Australian sea lions and valuable fisheries species such as southern rock lobster.

AMCS renewed its call for a national moratorium on seismic blasting in Australian waters, particularly in or near critical habitats for threatened species.

“Our oceans are already under pressure from climate change, marine heatwaves and industrial activity. Protecting whale nurseries and feeding grounds must be a non-negotiable priority. Today’s decision is a significant win — but the job is not yet done.”

New compliance unit to strengthen NSW biosecurity systems

On February 11 2026 the NSW Government announced a new dedicated Biosecurity Compliance and Investigation Unit has been set up to strengthen biosecurity, tackle high-risk threats, and safeguard market access and trade.

The new unit, in the NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) Compliance Branch, will employ six full-time staff to focus on biosecurity issues threatening the State’s $25 billion primary industries sector.

With more than 340 weed species and 40 pest animal species costing NSW at least $1.9 billion annually, the specialised unit will support and strengthen the work of all agencies responsible for biosecurity compliance and enforcement across the state.

The creation of the unit was a key recommendation of the Natural Resources Commission Invasive Species Management review and supports recommendations by the former Independent Biosecurity Commissioner.

The government stated the new unit will:

  • respond to biosecurity risks and support on-ground surveillance activities across the state and at state borders for threats such as red imported fire ant and cattle tick.
  • work with other agencies including Local Land Services and Local Control Authorities to expand compliance and enforcement capabilities for pest and weed management, including feral pigs and deer.
  • undertake compliance operations to support the National eID program critical to maintaining access to the state’s domestic and international livestock markets.

The dedicated Biosecurity Compliance and Investigation Unit follows the government’s release of the NSW Biosecurity Action Plan 2025-2026, which outlined six focus areas to improve the biosecurity framework in NSW, the government said.

This new unit will help deliver key commitments in the action plan, including the delivery of a new regulatory policy for biosecurity compliance in NSW, and regulatory guidance to ensure landholders, industry and community understand their biosecurity responsibilities.

NSW Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty, said:

“This is about strengthening our biosecurity response and protecting our multi-billion-dollar primary industries export and international markets.

“This sends a clear message, if you breach biosecurity protocols and laws then there will be a price to pay.

"With this new specialised team, the NSW Government is taking strong action to protect our state from invasive species and other major biosecurity threats.

“We are strengthening our compliance and enforcement providing the resources needed to keep NSW safe and secure. Biosecurity is critical, and this team will ensure we stay ahead of the risks facing our communities, industries and environment."

North Head visitor access Changes

Consultation period: 28 January 2026 to 27 February 2026

The National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback about proposed works at North Head in Sydney Harbour National Park.

North Head, located in Sydney Harbour National Park, features some of Sydney's newest and most spectacular lookouts, Burragula and Yiningma, as well as the popular heritage-listed Quarantine Station.

This project aims to:

  • improve bus stops and pedestrian access
  • improve public transport and pedestrian access to Quarantine Station
  • repair drainage and road infrastructure
  • investigate the most appropriate pedestrian access to North Head and links to destinations.

Scope and purpose of works

NPWS is planning to carry out the following works to improve visitor pedestrian safety, public transport connections, whole-of-headland links and stormwater management along North Head Scenic Drive:

  • construction of a 1.8m wide footpath on Scenic Drive, connecting to the existing footpath networks; the works will improve all-abilities access throughout the headland
  • relocation of the northbound Q Station bus stop away from the roundabout and to a new bus bay in a safer location nearby with upgrade of the southbound stop
  • upgrade of existing in-lane bus stops to bus bay near the North Fort Road and Scenic Drive intersection
  • construction of raised pedestrian crossings to provide better linkages into the North Head Sanctuary precincts and walking tracks
  • construction of kerb and gutter along footpath to improve stormwater drainage and treatment.

NPWS has identified several safety concerns, with visitors using the gravel shoulders of North Head Scenic Drive as a walking path out to the lookouts, creating the potential risk for a pedestrian–vehicle collision.

The works will also address the unsafe configuration of bus stops at the Q Station entrance to improve visitor safety and traffic safety and visibility through the intersection.

The proposed drainage works will alleviate ongoing maintenance of potholes and water pooling on the Scenic Drive, improving safety for cyclists and drivers.

We will carefully manage the project to ensure there are no impacts on threatened vegetation or wildlife species. This includes the eastern suburbs banksia scrub threatened ecological community, bandicoots and other small mammals. We have conducted rigorous environmental assessment of the proposed works with input from relevant specialists, in accordance with NSW planning legislation.

Native vegetation

By utilising the existing gravel road shoulder as much as possible, the proposed footpath design minimises impacts to existing vegetation. NPWS has engaged an ecologist to undertake investigations and inform the plans. Monitoring will also be conducted during the construction process.

Bandicoot habitat

A project ecologist will undertake targeted surveys ahead of construction and will monitor and advise to avoid impacting bandicoot nests. Improved drainage along Scenic Drive will control and filter run-off, preventing erosion of their habitat.

Concept plans released

In the initial planning stages, we conducted investigations and assessments (environmental, engineering, heritage and geotechnical) to inform the project, leading to the development of concept plans.

These are now available for download at North Head Scenic Drive concept plans (PDF 13.5MB).

Any feedback or questions can be submitted via the online form on the project webpage below or email to npws.sydneynorth@dcceew.nsw.gov.au .

The consultation will be open until 27 February 2026.

Have your say by 5pm on 27 February 2026.

You can provide feedback in 2 ways.

  1. Online: North Head visitor access improvements webpage
  2. Email:  npws.sydneynorth@environment.nsw.gov.au

Shelly Beach Echidna

Photos by Kevin Murray, taken late May 2023 who said, ''he/she was waddling across the road on the Shelly Beach headland, being harassed not so much by the bemused tourists, but by the Brush Turkeys who are plentiful there.''

Shelly Beach is located in Manly and forms part of Cabbage Tree Bay, a protected marine reserve which lies adjacent to North Head and Fairy Bower.

community invited to have a say on recreational opportunities In Great Koala National Park

On January 16 the NSW Government announced it is seeking community input to shape recreational opportunities in the proposed Great Koala National Park on the NSW Mid North Coast.

The Minns Labor Government is delivering on an election promise to create a Great Koala National Park, which will provide habitat for more than 100 threatened species, including more than 12,000 koalas and 36,000 greater gliders.

In addition to boosting conservation, the park will also create opportunities for better visitor experiences and recreation, boosting tourism and local economies.

An online survey is now open on the NSW Have Your Say website to seek feedback on current use of the State forests and reserves within the planned area of the park. We also want to hear from people who haven’t been to the region but might like to in the future.

The survey complements ongoing wider consultation with community groups who have so far provided more than 300 responses on what matters most to them when they visit these areas.

Input from 4WD clubs, mountain biking clubs, hiking/bushwalking and trail runners’ clubs, horse riding and trail riding clubs, archery and gun clubs, sporting car clubs, local government, environment groups and Aboriginal communities is already feeding into the planning for future management.

The overarching park will comprise individual reserves, which will enable a range of different recreational activities. While legislation determines what activities are permissible in each reserve category, we are looking to build the Great Koala National Park as a place where conservation is balanced with the community’s recreational needs.

The Have Your Say survey is open from 7am today until Sunday, 1 March and is available online: www.haveyoursay.nsw.gov.au/great-koala-national-park.

Acting Minister for the Environment, Steve Whan said:

“The Great Koala National Park will protect more than 100 threatened species, but it’s not just about conservation. The park will be a recreational hotspot for locals and visitors alike.

“We want to hear from people who use and relax in the footprint of the forests and surrounding landscapes that make up the park.”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism, Steve Kamper said:

“We want the Great Koala National Park to be at the top of the must-see list for visitors to NSW and Australia.

“This major eco-tourism hub and unique NSW experience will attract domestic and international visitors all year round, which is a key component of our new Visitor Economy Strategy, while boosting local economies and creating jobs.”

Minister for the North Coast, Janelle Saffin said:

“The Great Koala National Park is an election commitment, and we want the community right at the centre of shaping what it becomes. Locals know this landscape best, and their ideas will help create a park people feel real ownership of and want to use.

“Done well, this park will also be a major tourism drawcard – supporting local businesses, creating jobs and delivering long-term economic benefits for communities right across the North Coast.”

Royal National Park plan draft amendment: Have your say

National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback on the Royal and Heathcote national parks and Garawarra State Conservation Area plan draft amendment.

The draft amendment proposes changes to accommodation options for walkers using the Great Southern Walk and updates to reflect recent track realignments and additions to the parks.

The draft amendment includes:

  • a proposal to enable hard-roofed/hiker hut accommodation at Garawarra Farm and to remove it as a permissible activity at Garie Beach
  • updated maps to reflect track realignments and recent additions to the parks.

The draft amendment does not propose changes to the management of Heathcote National Park or Garawarra State Conservation Area.

The draft amendment for the Royal National Park, Heathcote National Park and Garawarra State Conservation Area Plan of Management is on public exhibition until 20 February 2026.

By making a submission on the draft plan, members of the community can have a say about the future management of these parks.

Submissions received on the draft plan will inform the preparation of a final plan for adoption under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974. Once adopted, the plan of management will direct how these parks will be managed.

Download the Draft document here

Have your say by 5pm on 20 February 2026. 

You can provide feedback in 3 ways.

  1. Online Have your say on the consultation website 
  2. Email: npws.parkplanning@environment.nsw.gov.au 
  3. Post: Address: Manager, National Parks and Wildlife Service Planning and Assessment, Locked Bag 5022, Parramatta NSW 2124

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

New study warns huge areas of Australia are vulnerable to tree-killing beetle

February 5, 2026: report penned by Laura Thomas - out of Curtin University

The polyphagous shot hole borer. Photo credit: DPIRD

A new Curtin University study warns that large parts of Australia, including major cities and farming regions, could be highly vulnerable to a fast-spreading invasive beetle, already causing severe damage across the Perth metropolitan area.

The study looked at the full life cycle of the polyphagous shot hole borer (PSHB), a tiny insect which releases a fungus that can starve trees of nutrients, killing them in the process. The study resulted in a model to analyse where new outbreaks are most likely to occur in Australia.

Researchers combined daily climate data, vegetation maps and biological parameters to predict where the beetle can survive, grow and spread.

The research found the destructive pest thrives in many Australian climates, and several other states like Queensland and New South Wales are at high risk of future PSHB infestations.

Lead author Dr Andrew Coates, from Curtin’s School of Molecular and Life Sciences, said the modelling showed the PSHB was capable of extremely rapid population growth and could spread far beyond its current range in Perth, if not tightly contained.

“Our modelling shows that the east coast in particular offers ideal conditions for this beetle to establish and grow,” Dr Coates said.

“The biggest risk is the beetle hitchhiking long distances in infested plant material such as unseasoned firewood or green wastes. If it reaches the east coast, the impact on urban trees, bushland and crops could be very serious.”

Without human assistance, the beetle could advance up to three kilometres per year, but the movement of infested plant material could transport the PSHB much faster.

Summer is the highest-risk period for new outbreaks in most areas, as warm conditions cause beetle numbers to surge.

Co-author Professor Ben Phillips, also from Curtin’s School of Molecular and Life Sciences, said the model was the most detailed ever built for this invasive pest.

“By looking at the beetle’s full life cycle and the temperatures it experiences inside trees, we can identify where outbreaks are most likely, and when,” Professor Phillips said.

“This gives agencies a powerful tool to plan surveillance, respond to new detections and hopefully limit the establishment and spread.”

The PSHB has already had a devastating impact on Perth’s urban tree canopy and has triggered a multi-million dollar response effort in Western Australia.

Last year, the National Management Group determined the borer was no longer technically feasible to eradicate and a national Transition to Management plan is now in place, which includes a quarantine area for the Perth metropolitan area.

The study highlights the importance of preventing the beetle from reaching other states.

The model was also applied across California, South Africa, Israel and South America, where the PSHB is already established.

The research team says the modelling system can now be used to forecast future hotspots, guide national biosecurity decisions and test how different control strategies could slow the beetle’s spread.

The researchers have also created an online app called the ‘PSHB Survey Planner’, which lets the user see the best times of year to look for the PSHB, anywhere in Australia.

Early detection is critical for controlling the PSHB, but the resources for continuous surveillance are not always available.

The app is a tool to help make decisions on when monitoring efforts should be prioritised. Conducting surveys when there’s the best chance of detecting the PSHB can help stop the beetle in its tracks.

The PSHB Survey Planner is quick and easy to use, and can be found at: https://coates-a.shinyapps.io/Shiny_PSHB/

The work was funded by the WA Government through the WA Premier’s Science Fellowship Program, which supports Professor Phillips as a Premier’s Science Fellow.

The paper ‘Boring Beetles and Super Models: Mapping Potential Distributions of a New Invader’ was recently published in the international Journal of Biogeography.

Southern right whales are having babies less often, but why?

Ivan Stecko/PexelsCC BY-SA
Claire CharltonFlinders University

For decades, southern right whales have been celebrated as one of conservation’s success stories.

Once driven to the brink of extinction by commercial whaling, southern right whales slowly returned to Australian coastlines through the late 20th century. Their recovery reflected the power of international protection, marine sanctuaries and long-term science working together.

But our new research shows this success story is changing. We drew on more than 30 years of continuous shore-based monitoring of southern right whales in the Great Australian Bight, from within the Yalata Indigenous Protected Area in South Australia. We found clear evidence whales are having calves less often, with the average calving interval increasing for 3 to 4 years. This means the number of calves being born has slowed over the past decade.

This decline appears closely linked to climate-driven changes in the Southern Ocean — similar patterns are now being observed across the southern hemisphere.

More than 3 decades of photos

Our study analysed photo-identification data collected by researchers between 1991 and 2024 from a major calving area in the Great Australian Bight. Each whale is identified using its unique pattern of callosities — the hard patches of skin on its head that remain throughout its life.

This allows individual whales to be tracked across decades, providing rare insight into long-term population dynamics and how these change over time. Photo-identification is a globally accepted method used for whale population assessments. By tracking known individuals over time, researchers can directly measure their reproductive histories.

Long-term datasets like this are rare — and that is precisely what makes them so powerful. The Australian Right Whale Research Program at Flinders University is one of the longest continuous photo-identification studies of any whale species in the world. It has used the same methods over decades. In the context of climate change, where impacts often emerge slowly and unevenly, this long-term evidence is essential.

What we found

Since around 2015, female southern right whales have not given birth as often. These extended calving intervals mean fewer calves are being born overall, and this reduces population growth over time.

For a long-lived species that reproduces slowly, this matters. Small changes in reproductive rates impacts population growth. The slowdown in reproduction signals a shift away from the recovery seen in previous decades.

A signal from the south

The cause of this change is not immediately visible from Australia’s coastline. Southern right whales spend much of their lives feeding thousands of kilometres away in the Southern Ocean, where they rely on the cold, nutrient-rich waters created by Antarctic sea ice. These waters support krill and prey that are crucial for whales to build up the energy reserves they need for pregnancy and lactation.

Over the past decade, the ocean has warmed, the ice is melting and there have been dramatic shifts in food availability weather patterns. Our analysis shows longer calving intervals coincide with these environmental changes, suggesting the impacts of climate change on conditions in the Southern Ocean are linked to whales having fewer calves.

A global pattern emerges

Importantly, this is not just an Australian story.

Similar trends are being reported in southern right whale populations off South America and South Africa, where researchers have documented reduced calving rates, whales in poor condition and environmental changes.

Southern right whales are a sentinel species: animals whose health reflects broader changes in their environment. Our findings signal deeper disruption in ocean systems that also support fisheries, affect how the climate is regulated and influence marine plants, animals and other species.

Southern right whales are long-lived, reproduce slowly, and rely on energy-rich feeding grounds. This makes them particularly vulnerable to climate-driven changes in prey.

What needs to change?

Protecting the Southern Ocean and its increasingly vulnerable natural ecosystems demands urgent collective climate action. This must bridge disciplines, industries, governments and interconnected regions.

This action should include the expansion of sanctuaries across the migratory ranges of threatened species. It should also limit threats, such as whales being struck by ships, getting entangled in ropes and being exposed to noise pollution.

The future of southern right whales is likely to be closely tied to the management of krill harvesting and addressing climate change.

We need to listen — and act — while there is still time.

The author would like to acknowledge the contribution of research collaborators and all of the people involved in the long-term research program that make this work possible.The Conversation

Claire Charlton, Leader of Australian Right Whale Research Program, College of Science and Engineering, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia can’t reach its ambitious climate targets with current policies. Here are 6 things we can try

Ludvig Hedenborg/PexelsCC BY-NC-ND
Steve Hatfield-DoddsAustralian National University

In less than ten years, Australia has to cut its emissions 62–75% below 2005 levels. Given reductions in emissions over the past 20 years, that translates to cutting emissions 47–65% below current levels. As of last year, that’s about 440 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent.

Under current climate policies, official projections indicate annual emissions will fall 32% by 2035, leaving a sizeable 70–150Mt gap. That’s big. Australia’s cars, trucks and other road vehicles emitted a total of 82Mt last year, for instance.

In a new report, we show Australia will need new policies that provide clearer signals and stronger incentives to stand a chance of reaching its goal.

Policies strong and weak

Economists have long seen a broad-based price on carbon as the most efficient way to drive down emissions.

But Australia’s decades-long climate wars and the repeal of the so-called carbon tax in 2014 has effectively taken this option off the table.

Instead, we have a suite of different policy approaches in three broad groups:

Strong policies

Around 64% of Australia’s net emissions are covered by strong regulation and incentives. In electricity (34% of emissions), clear policy direction coupled with investor momentum is replacing coal and gas generation with renewables and storage. This is already driving lower prices. Emissions are projected to fall 86% by 2035. In industry (30% of emissions), the Safeguard Mechanism covering the 200 largest industrial emitters is projected to cut emissions around 40% by 2035.

Weak or missing incentives

Policies for transport (19% of emissions) and smaller industrial facilities (13%) are falling short. Compared with most advanced nations, the vast majority of transport emissions in Australia are unregulated. The government’s New Vehicle Efficiency Standard gives car buyers more low- or zero-emission options, but lacks incentives to reduce day-to-day emissions. Industrial emissions for smaller facilities are not subject to incentives or constraints.

Opt-in opportunities

The remaining 4% of net emissions come from agriculture, waste and land use. Here, carbon stored in growing vegetation (74Mt) effectively offsets most of the emissions from agriculture (82Mt) and waste (14Mt). Most agricultural operations are export-oriented and have few low-cost ways to cut emissions. The immediate goal is to work towards a future where importers of emissions-intensive food bear the costs of quality credits used to offset these emissions.

solar and wind farm in Australia, aerial view.
Clear policies have driven change in Australia’s electricity sector. Steve Tritton/Shutterstock

Bridging the emissions gap

Here are six new ways to accelerate emissions cuts.

1: Fix electricity

Despite progress, there’s unfinished business in electricity policy. Current policies guide new investment but not how power generators are operated. As a result, coal and gas plant operators don’t have incentives to cut emissions.

The solution, as Grattan Institute experts have argued, is to expand the Safeguard Mechanism to cover electricity by creating a limit for total electricity sector emissions which would reduce over time.

2. Wind back fossil fuel subsidies

Incredibly, governments are still doling out fuel tax credits to make it cheaper for heavy freight to burn diesel. Removing these subsidies would boost government coffers by $4 billion a year and motivate fleet owners to shift to more efficient and lower-emission trucks. Next, policymakers could remove tax incentives encouraging Australians to buy bigger utes and light commercial vehicles.

road train, big truck on Australian outback road.
Fuel tax credits subsidise diesel bills for trucks and heavy freight. Rhys Moult/UnsplashCC BY-NC-ND

3. Expand the Safeguard Mechanism

The Safeguard Mechanism requires Australia’s largest emitters to progressively cut emissions, either directly or by buying Australian Carbon Credit Units as offsets to meet their emissions obligations.

A well-regulated carbon credit system reduces the cost of complying with the mechanism by more than 60%. This enables Australia to impose more stringent obligations on industry than other nations, including in sectors such as steel and air transport that currently lack cost-effective options to cut emissions.

Expanding the Safeguard Mechanism to cover smaller industrial facilities would drive uptake of low-cost emission reductions, according to the Productivity Commission. Our research shows lowering the threshold from 100,000 to 25,000 tonnes would drive greater cuts in on-site emissions, boost demand for carbon credits, and increase long-term credit prices.

4: Tackle carbon credit price malaise

Carbon credits act as a visible carbon price. If their value goes up, businesses have an incentive to reduce their direct emissions and rely less on credits. But this logic only stacks up if investors are confident in policy settings – and expect the carbon price to rise over time.

Reaching net zero will require a rising carbon price. We project credit prices will be flat or falling over the next three years, at around $35 per tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent, before growing to around $70 per tonne by 2035. But we cannot rule out the chance of prices staying low. If this happens, it will suppress business investment in directly reducing emissions.

Governments should reduce this risk by transparently intervening if prices are too low, such as by stepping in to buy credits. As maximum prices are already set through the cost containment measure, this would effectively create a price corridor similar to the Reserve Bank’s target range for inflation.

We find higher prices could lead to an extra 80Mt in cuts by big industrial facilities over ten years, with less reliance on credits.

5. Remove handbrakes on investment

In 2023, the Safeguard Mechanism underwent reform. But these reforms aren’t yet leading to investment in low-emissions facilities and equipment due to weak carbon credit prices, policy uncertainty and a slow start to obligations.

The government could bring forward the next review of the mechanism to this year to align it with the carbon credits review and make policy announcements possible earlier. This would give investors the certainty they need to invest.

6. Expand carbon credits to include nature

Linking carbon credits to promoting nature outcomes could boost the value proposition. Moving from the current carbon focus to “nature positive carbon credits” would reward landholders for using their land to store carbon and restore habitat and put upward pressure on credit prices.

No time to waste

Australia is already living through the consequences of climate change.

To do its part in preventing climate change from worsening, Australian policymakers need to design and introduce more policies to reach its new emissions target.

Reform is never easy. But most Australians know full well that the costs of doing nothing will be far greater than the costs of sensible policy action.The Conversation

Steve Hatfield-Dodds, Honorary Professor of Public Policy, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Rebuilding after a disaster is a long road. Lismore’s businesses offer hope for others

Dan EtheridgeSouthern Cross University and Caitlin McGeeUniversity of Technology Sydney

“Right – flood’s on. Get ready.” That’s what Jody Cheetham has told her staff the last two times she’s watched the river rising, following after heavy rain in Lismore in northern New South Wales.

In February and March 2022, record rain and floods inundated Lismore, killing five people.

The floods caused major damage to 1,400 homes, 656 commercial and industrial properties, schools, sewer and water treatment facilities. Three out of four businesses were hit.

Cheetham is the chief executive of Multitask, a local disability services provider. Like so many in Lismore, home to 44,000 people, Multitask lost “absolutely everything” in those floods. But they and others in Lismore now have plans in place to stop that happening again.

As communities across Australia rebuild from a summer of fires, heatwaves and floods, we need more examples of how small businesses and communities can recover.

That’s why we spent the past year working on (Not) Business as Usual, a new report and video case studies being launched today. They capture how Lismore is preparing for the next time disaster strikes.

Trial and error over years

One of the lessons from our research is that recovering from a disaster isn’t perfect or fast. Even when you think you’re prepared, you have to learn through trial and error.

That’s been true for Cheetham and her team at Multitask, who have had two practice evacuations of their five buildings in the centre of town since 2022.

“The first one wasn’t that good. We didn’t have the equipment, didn’t have the boxes, so the trial runs have been really important,” Cheetham says.

Multitask has also looked at practical steps to make any future flood recovery faster, easier and cheaper.

For example, after having to deal with mud-caked, flood-damaged facilities in 2022, they’ve stripped back their building interiors to more easily cleanable materials, such as a stainless steel kitchen. They’ve also moved electrical power points above flood level.

Different versions of what Multitask has done can be seen as you walk around Lismore today, from the local library to a furniture business to the region’s music conservatorium. It’s rebuilt with fully waterproof walls and a new goods lift, so even its biggest instruments, such as pianos, can be moved to higher floors.

Rebuilding for the next flood

“We can’t eliminate the risk, but we can minimise the impact,” says Bruce Parry, Summerland Bank’s community and sustainability manager.

The bank was founded in 1964 in the Northern Rivers as a customer-owned bank. It made an early commitment to rebuild in Lismore. But it’s done so with the lessons of the 2022 floods in mind.

“You can’t hold the flood out, the water is going to get in. It’s what you do when that happens that is important,” Parry explains. “We’ve done a lot to make sure the materials we have used can either be removed, or can go under the water, under the flood, and then hosed out.”

Repeating past mistakes is costly

Beyond what businesses can do to recover on their own, our project also sought to find out what infrastructure improvements would minimise future flood impacts in Lismore.

After talking to around 40 business and service organisations, their number one priority was needing electricity to get back to work.

Damage to electricity networks hits communications, electronic payment systems, storage and distribution of perishables, water supply, sewerage, and transport.

Business leaders were frustrated it took six weeks in 2022 to get power restored to the central business district.

They were even more frustrated that the overhead poles and wires delivering electricity into their shops – all run from centralised power supplies, many of which were knocked out by flood debris further away – were rebuilt exactly the same way.

Their message to government and electricity providers is simple: with the power back on, we can get on with business. So why aren’t you making sure our power supply is more resilient than before?

But small businesses shouldn’t have to go it alone. Becoming more resilient to power outages during a disaster is best done at a community scale.

This challenge and other ideas we discussed – such as building storage and temporary business operations on higher ground – are resource intensive. It’s helped having Lismore City Council and NSW Reconstruction Authority staff at the table for these conversations, as those solutions would require government support.

Our report and video case studies will be released at a flood plan workshop hosted by Business Lismore today. Events such as this represent the latest incarnation of something we need more than ever: sharing local knowledge and experience for others to learn from.The Conversation

Dan Etheridge, Director, The Living Lab Northern Rivers, Office of Pro Vice Chancellor (Research and Education Impact), Southern Cross University and Caitlin McGee, Research Director, Institute for Sustainable Futures, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How delays in Australia’s switch to clean energy are hurting workers

Darryn SnellRMIT University and Al RainnieAdelaide University

Australia is still dragging its feet on decarbonising the economy. Last September, the Albanese government committed to a 62–70% reduction in carbon emissions by 2035 and net zero by 2050. However, only one month later, the government conceded it would fall just shy of its 2030 target and likely miss net zero without significant changes.

Delays to the construction of renewable energy projects around the country means coal-fired power stations scheduled for closure have had their operations extended. The many reasons for Australia’s slow progress on decarbonisation are well documented, and include a lack of transmission lines, poor federal coordination, and uncertainty over the lifetime of coal-fired power stations. But the implications of these delays for workers has been largely overlooked.

In our recent book, we analyse numerous reports and studies that forecast the clean energy transition will stimulate a jobs boom. In these predictions, new green career opportunities will mean workers who lose their jobs in fossil fuel sectors can take advantage of new job opportunities in a “just transition” — one in which no-one is left behind.

But are these claims true? Our research shows many of new renewable energy jobs are short-term and insecure: they are heavily focused on the construction and installation phase of projects, rather than long-term operations. The delays in the energy transition presents additional challenges for workers and their communities.

Old coal power plants are becoming unsafe

Coal-fired power generation still contributes 45% of Australia’s total electricity generation. Many of the roughly 15 remaining coal-fired power stations are ageing and becoming increasingly unreliable.

Recent research published by Reliability Watch found these power plants have suffered a combined 119 breakdowns over the six months to September 2025, and were unable to meet their generation commitments 22% of the time. For workers employed in these power stations it means their workplaces are becoming less safe to work in.

Queensland’s Callide Power Stations has suffered a series of serious incidents in recent years, including a generator unit explosion and cooling tower collapse in which workers’ lives were put at serious risk.

Similarly, Victoria’s 1970s-era Yallourn W Power Station has suffered a series of major breakdowns. In June 2025, a large section of an air duct crashed down onto scaffolding used for ongoing maintenance work. Luckily no workers were in the vicinity at the time. The plant is scheduled to close in 2028.

With delays in renewable energy coming online, state governments have had to extend the operational life of some ageing generators, such as the Eraring plant in New South Wales. Unions, quite rightly, are raising concerns about how worker safety can be maintained until closure.

Promised careers put on hold

To remain competitive in the job market, workers at coal plants slated to close have been encouraged to become more employable by gaining sustainability and environmental skills. Authorities have encouraged education and training providers to meet the workforce needs of the new “green” economy.

Universities and TAFE institutes have responded by developing new programs to provide qualifications in emerging occupations such as green construction, battery manufacturing, green steel, hydrogen production and offshore wind. The Clean Energy Council has even developed a careers guide for people interested in new clean energy jobs.

The problem is, the new jobs may not arrive in time. Workers who will lose their jobs when Yallourn closes have been encouraged to reskill to work in the offshore wind industry.

Unfortunately, ongoing delays in offshore wind developments means it’s unlikely there will be any local jobs in offshore wind when the power station closes in two years’ time. For energy regions, the uncertainty surrounding new renewable energy projects places them at risk of becoming “left-behind places” with high unemployment and socio-economic disadvantage.

In an earlier Conversation article, we pointed out workers in offshore oil and gas are also facing uncertainty, but decommissioning work could provide important job opportunities. Coordination of transition strategies at federal and state level will be vital in assisting both these groups of workers.

The environmental justification for accelerating Australia’s decarbonisation efforts is unquestionable. However, the tens of thousands of workers who will be relied on to deliver this transition must not be overlooked. They must be a primary consideration in any real “just” transition.The Conversation

Darryn Snell, Associate professor, School of Management, RMIT University and Al Rainnie, Adjunct professor, Business, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

If fracking begins in the Kimberley, it could damage a sacred river

Melissa HaswellQueensland University of TechnologyAnne PoelinaUniversity of Notre Dame Australia, and David ShearmanAdelaide University

Under the soils of the Kimberley lies one of the world’s last undeveloped large-scale reservoirs of onshore gas, according to the gas company hoping to extract it.

Last month, the Western Australian Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommended approval for Bennett Resources, a subsidiary of Black Mountain Energy, to begin exploration by drilling 20 wells across ten sites near the Kimberley’s Martuwarra Fitzroy River and applying hydraulic fracturing (fracking).

If officially approved and results are favourable, exploration is likely just the start. The company – majority-owned by US oil and gas company Black Mountain – wants to begin full-scale production to extract an estimated 420 billion cubic metres of gas. Doing so would require hundreds or thousands of wells drilled into many aquifers, with connecting roads, gas processing plants, wastewater ponds, water treatment plants, compressor stations and new pipelines.

For the mining-friendly WA government, the economic benefits would appeal. But the EPA’s recommendation has triggered an immediate backlash from Aboriginal and environmental groups. The Office of Appeals Commissioner reports an unprecedented number of appeals have been lodged before the February 10 deadline.

As health and Indigenous knowledge experts, we have real concern about these plans. We now know much more about the harms fracking can do to the health of humans, wildlife, groundwater and rivers.

What is this project?

Black Mountain Energy has exploration rights over a 3,700 square kilometre area in the Canning Basin between Fitzroy Crossing and Derby. The exploration wells would be drilled west of Fitzroy Crossing.

Major oil and gas companies interested in this basin’s gas reservoirs have progressively pulled out due to vast infrastructure costs.

But Black Mountain Energy appears determined. The company first announced its plans in 2020 but encountered difficulties raising funding. It’s not guaranteed to proceed even with state backing, as the federal government has to sign off too.

If these first wells go ahead, fracking rigs will drill down 2–5km into the rock, before shifting into horizontal mode. Then, the rigs force megalitres of fresh water, sand and chemicals under high pressure into the rock layers to fracture them. This allows methane gas contaminated with toxic gases, including benzene and toluene, to be collected at the surface. Millions of litres of contaminated salty wastewater are also produced and must be managed. The process is repeated up to 70 times per well.

Some of the wells will be drilled within 2km of important tributaries of the Martuwarra Fitzroy River system.

Most gas would be exported, which would likely require a new pipeline to Karratha, almost 1,000km away.

green landscape and creek in foreground, aerial shot.
Proposed exploration wells would be within two kilometres of Mount Hardman Creek, a tributary of Martuwarra Fitzroy River. Martin Pritchard/Environs KimberleyCC BY-NC-ND

How was this assessed?

The moratorium on fracking in WA was only lifted in 2018, following a state Inquiry into Hydraulic Fracturing. The government stated 20 protections would be in place before fracking would be allowed, but only half of these are complete.

The WA government points to the fact fracking is banned in 98% of the state. But the 2% where it isn’t banned covers parts of the breathtaking and culturally rich Kimberley region.

In considering this exploration project, the state EPA found the harm to the environment, culture and human health to be “unlikely” or “insignificant”.

But an independent federal scientific committee on onshore gas and coal found there were risks to threatened species from ecological disturbance and possible chemical contamination.

Since 2018, the evidence base of the environmental, physical and spiritual health risks around fracking have advanced significantly through documentation of Aboriginal knowledge and Western scientific research.

Threats to a sacred river

For the Kimberley’s First Nations groups, the waters of the Martuwarra Fitzroy River System lie at the heart of their spirituality.

Aboriginal people consider the Martuwarra River of Life and its groundwater systems to be an ancient life force – serpent beings that bring the Kimberley vast life and landscapes.

Stories carried through generations emphasise a deep moral responsibility to protect and manage the river and its groundwater. The deeply held spiritual beliefs of the people of the Kimberley are grounded in their values, ethics and virtues as a duty of care under First Law to protect public interests, ground and surface waters of the Martuwarra Fitzroy River, and the whole living system.

The Martuwarra Fitzroy River Council (chaired by co-author Anne Poelina) and the Kimberley Land Council strongly reject both the Valhalla proposal and the EPA’s view that cultural risks from fracking and water contamination are low.

Evidence from Western scientific research

As well as adding to climate change, these projects can damage waterways and groundwaterwildlife and human health at every step, from extraction to transport to processing to liquefaction and eventual burning.

Since the 2018 fracking inquiry, the rigour and quantity of evidence showing the harms have significantly increased. There are now consistent findings of harm to people living near fracking operations in nations such as the United StatesCanada and Australia.

This evidence base captures risks to water quality (through contamination and over-extraction) and air quality (including emissions of toxic gases such as benzene and toluene).

Risks to human health associated with air and water contamination include increased risk of hospitalisation for cardiovascular, respiratory and kidney diseases and some cancers, especially in children. Higher rates of birth complications and birth defects have been observed downwind and downstream of oil and gas operations.

To our knowledge, there are no studies demonstrating these risks to environment, climate and health can be reduced through regulation.

What’s next?

More than 35,000 people live in the Kimberley, and around half identify as Aboriginal. The region is extremely sensitive to climate change and its people are at heightened risk from most health issues associated with oil and gas operations.

The WA EPA recommended approval of this exploration project without fully examining the evidence. The agency excluded human health concerns due to transient and “sparse populations”.

Policymakers must heed the accumulated evidence showing clear risks of harm. To approve drilling and fracking in the Kimberley is to approve a process we now know does damage to many things we care about, from human health to wildlife to culture to sacred rivers.

Black Mountain Energy was approached for comment but did not respond before deadline.The Conversation

Melissa Haswell, Professor of Health, Safety and Environment, School of Public Health and Social Work, Queensland University of TechnologyAnne Poelina, Chair of the Martuwarra Fitzroy River Council & Professor and Chair Indigenous Knowledges & Senior Research Fellow, Nulungu Institute of Research, University of Notre Dame Australia, and David Shearman, Emeritus Professor of Medicine, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Indigenous ideas about non-linear time can help us navigate ecological crises

Noel Nesme/PexelsCC BY
Philip McKibbinUniversity of Sydney

It is common to think of time as moving in only one direction – from point A, through point B, to point C.

However, many Indigenous peoples – including Māori, the Indigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand – experience time non-linearly.

Rather than picturing time as a straight line, we imagine it as recurring, spiralling, and recalling itself.

How we conceptualise time could impact how we respond to ecological crises.

Indigenous time/s

As Māori, we understand time –  – non-linearly.

Researchers Hana Burgess and Te Kahuratai Painting contrast Māori time with colonial time, saying:

With settler colonial ontologies, time is flattened, made one dimensional, reduced to a linear process […] Along this arrow of time, the “present” is placed at the pinnacle of existence, disconnected from both the past and future.

Māori, however, do not place the present at the centre; as the same researchers put it, “there is no centre”.

We think with and as ancestors, and prophecy informs many of our movements.

For us, non-linear time finds natural expression in a metaphor: the koru, or unfolding fern frond. Researcher Paula Toko King and colleagues note this represents

the continuous cycles of life and death and the unfolding of the cosmos, emerging from the realm of potentiality.

Spiralling time should not be confused with circularity.

As writer Makere Stewart-Harawira explains:

a circle invariably returns to the point of origin, [however] the spiral never returns exactly to the point of origin but moves progressively forward in a process of constant motion and expansion.

Significantly, as Potawatomi scholar Kyle Powys Whyte notes:

Spiraling time is an important topic of discussion when Indigenous persons compare their conceptions of temporality across different cultures.

Non-linear time

For many of us – Indigenous and non-Indigenous – non-linear time can be difficult to conceptualise, at first.

Consider memory, dream, imagination, and fantasy, all of which weave past, present, and future in ways that frequently impact how we act.

Think about your favourite season: every time it recurs, it is at once freshly present and reminiscent of past seasons. It may even prompt you to think about future ones.

We do not always realise that our experience of time is non-linear. And yet, for most – if not all – of us, it is. To experience time non-linearly is natural.

Importantly, as Kyle Whyte explains:

Spiraling time does not foreclose linear, future thinking.

This is true of non-linearity generally, which is closer to linearity than the prefix “non-” suggests (yet another way in which binaries constrain our thinking).

3 important insights

Non-linear time could help us to navigate compounding ecological crises, such as climate change, biodiversity loss, and mass extinction.

The common refrain, “we’re minutes to midnight” is often used to prompt a sense of urgency and push us to act quickly without considering all the consequences of doing so. Non-linear time subverts this, offering three important insights.

First, these crises will impact, and are impacting, people and peoples differently. Marginalised communities are closer to “midnight” than others. For those who are feeling the effects of these crises, it makes more sense to say, “we’re (already) minutes past midnight”. In recent years, for instance, my iwi (Māori tribe), Kāi Tahu, has had to discuss the possibility of a managed retreat from the coastline, as many of our marae (gathering places) are located on the coast.

Second, non-linear time encourages us to think about – and plan for – what comes “afterwards”. These crises are unlikely to lead to human extinction, and there will be non-humans who survive with us; so it benefits us all to think about how we might navigate collapse, and steps we could take now to transition to alternative ways of living.

Linearity leads us to place too much emphasis on static points, such as thresholds, which typically elevate humans over others. We might ask: what comes after “midnight”?

Third, non-linearity challenges us to imagine beyond anthropocentrism. We conceptualise time in human ways, but it is not only us who are threatened by, and forced to navigate, these crises. Breaking free of linear time helps us to think about the world beyond “the human”. It leads us to wonder.

And what do we learn? That we humans are not the only ones here; that it isn’t only us and “the environment”; that to reduce non-humans to dimensions of “the environment” – as we do when we treat others as exploitable resources – is, ultimately, oppressive; and that only by broadening our concern will we realise justice.

It’s true, “midnight” can be a dangerous time for humans; but by attending to non-humans – including nocturnal animals like kiwi, wētā, and the brushtail possums I love – we will continue to find the dawn, not alone but together.The Conversation

Philip McKibbin, PhD Candidate, Sydney Environment Institute, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Trump’s EPA decides climate change doesn’t endanger public health – the evidence says otherwise

Rising global temperatures are increasing the risk of heat stroke on hot days, among many other human harms. Ronda Churchill/AFP via Getty Images
Jonathan LevyBoston UniversityHoward FrumkinUniversity of WashingtonJonathan PatzUniversity of Wisconsin-Madison, and Vijay LimayeUniversity of Wisconsin-Madison

The Trump administration took a major step in its efforts to unravel America’s climate policies on Feb. 12, 2026, when it moved to rescind the 2009 endangerment finding – a formal determination that six greenhouse gases that drive climate change, including carbon dioxide and methane from burning fossil fuels, endanger public health and welfare.

But the administration’s arguments in dismissing the health risks of climate change are not only factually wrong, they’re deeply dangerous to Americans’ health and safety.

As physiciansepidemiologists and environmental health scientists, we’ve seen growing evidence of the connections between climate change and harm to people’s health. Here’s a look at the health risks everyone face from climate change.

Health risks and outcomes related to climate change.
Health risks and outcomes related to climate change. World Health Organization

Extreme heat

Greenhouse gases from vehicles, power plants and other sources accumulate in the atmosphere, trapping heat and holding it close to Earth’s surface like a blanket. Too much of it causes global temperatures to rise, leaving more people exposed to dangerous heat more often.

Most people who get minor heat illnesses will recover, but more extreme exposure, especially without enough hydration and a way to cool off, can be fatal. People who work outside, are elderly or have underlying illnesses such as heart, lung or kidney diseases are often at the greatest risk.

Heat deaths have been rising globally, up 23% from the 1990s to the 2010s, when the average year saw more than half a million heat-related deaths. Here in the U.S., the 2021 Pacific Northwest heat dome killed hundreds of people.

Climate scientists predict that with advancing climate change, many areas of the world, including U.S. cities such as MiamiHoustonPhoenix and Las Vegas, will confront many more days each year hot enough to threaten human survival.

Extreme weather

Warmer air holds more moisture, so climate change brings increasing rainfall and storm intensity and worsening flooding, as many U.S. communities have experienced in recent years. Warmer ocean water also fuels more powerful hurricanes.

Increased flooding carries health risks, including drownings, injuries and water contamination from human pathogens and toxic chemicals. People cleaning out flooded homes also face risks from mold exposure, injuries and mental distress.

A man carries boxes out of a house that flooded up to its second story.
Flooding from hurricanes and other extreme storms can put people at risk of injuries during the cleanup while also triggering dangerous mold growth on wet wallboard, carpets and fabric. This home flooded up to its second flood during Hurricane Irma in 2017. Sean Rayford/Getty Images

Climate change also worsens droughts, disrupting food supplies and causing respiratory illness from dust. Rising temperatures and aridity dry out forests and grasslands, making them a setup for wildfires.

Air pollution

Wildfires, along with other climate effects, are worsening air quality around the country.

Wildfire smoke is a toxic soup of microscopic particles (known as fine particulate matter, or PM2.5) that can penetrate deep in the lungs and hazardous compounds such as lead, formaldehyde and dioxins generated when homes, cars and other materials burn at high temperatures. Smoke plumes can travel thousands of miles downwind and trigger heart attacks and elevate lung cancer risks, among other harms.

Meanwhile, warmer conditions favor the formation of ground-level ozone, a heart and lung irritant. Burning of fossil fuels also generates dangerous air pollutants that cause a long list of health problems, including heart attacks, strokesasthma flare-ups and lung cancer.

Infectious diseases

Because they are cold-blooded organisms, insects are directly influenced by temperature. So with rising temperatures, mosquito biting rates rise as well. Warming also accelerates the development of disease agents that mosquitoes transmit.

Mosquito-borne dengue fever has turned up in Florida, Texas, Hawaii, Arizona and California. New York state just saw its first locally acquired case of chikungunya virus, also transmitted by mosquitoes.

A world map shows where mosquitos are most likely to transmit the dengue virus
As global temperatures rise, regions are becoming more suitable for mosquitoes to transmit dengue virus. The map shows a suitability scale, with red areas already suitable for dengue transmissions and yellow areas becoming more suitable. Taishi Nakase, et al., 2022CC BY

And it’s not just insect-borne infections. Warmer temperatures increase diarrhea and foodborne illness from Vibrio cholerae and other bacteria and heavy rainfall increases sewage-contaminated stormwater overflows into lakes and streams. At the other water extreme, drought in the desert Southwest increases the risk of coccidioidomycosis, a fungal infection known as valley fever.

Other impacts

Climate change threatens health in numerous other ways. Longer pollen seasons increase allergen exposures. Lower crop yields reduce access to nutritious foods.

Mental health also suffers, with anxiety, depression and post-traumatic stress following disasters, and increased rates of violent crime and suicide tied to high-temperature days.

A older man holds a door for a woman at a cooling center.
New York and many other cities now open cooling centers during heat waves to help residents, particularly older adults who might not have air conditioning at home, stay safe during the hottest parts of the day. Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images

Young childrenolder adultspregnant women and people with preexisting medical conditions are among the highest-risk groups. Lower-income people also face greater risk because of higher rates of chronic disease, higher exposures to climate hazards and fewer resources for protection, medical care and recovery from disasters.

Policy-based evidence-making

The evidence linking climate change with health has grown considerably since 2009. Today, it is incontrovertible.

Studies show that heat, air pollution, disease spread and food insecurity linked to climate change are worsening and costing millions of lives around the world each year. This evidence also aligns with Americans’ lived experiences. Anybody who has fallen ill during a heat wave, struggled while breathing wildfire smoke or been injured cleaning up from a hurricane knows that climate change can threaten human health.

Yet the Trump administration is willfully ignoring this evidence in proclaiming that climate change does not endanger health.

Its move to rescind the 2009 endangerment finding, which underpins many climate regulations, fits with a broader set of policy measures, including cutting support for renewable energy and subsidizing fossil fuel industries that endanger public health. In addition to rescinding the endangerment finding, the Trump administration also moved to roll back emissions limits on vehicles – the leading source of U.S. carbon emissions and a major contributor to air pollutants such as PM2.5 and ozone.

It’s not just about endangerment

The evidence is clear: Climate change endangers human health. But there’s a flip side to the story.

When governments work to reduce the causes of climate change, they help tackle some of the world’s biggest health challenges. Cleaner vehicles and cleaner electricity mean cleaner air – and less heart and lung disease. More walking and cycling on safe sidewalks and bike paths mean more physical activity and lower chronic disease risks. The list goes on. By confronting climate change, we promote good health.

To really make America healthy, in our view, the nation should acknowledge the facts behind the endangerment finding and double down on our transition from fossil fuels to a healthy, clean energy future.

This article includes material from a story originally published Nov. 12, 2025.The Conversation

Jonathan Levy, Professor and Chair, Department of Environmental Health, Boston UniversityHoward Frumkin, Professor Emeritus of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, University of WashingtonJonathan Patz, Professor of Environmental Medicine, University of Wisconsin-Madison, and Vijay Limaye, Adjunct Associate Professor of Population Health Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Madison

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Trump’s plan to wipe out US climate rules relies on EPA rescinding its 2009 endangerment finding – but will it survive court challenges?

Trucks leave a smoggy Port of Long Beach in 2008, the year before the endangerment finding was released. Luis Sinco/Los Angeles Times via Getty Images
Gary W. YoheWesleyan University

In 2009, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency formally declared that greenhouse gas emissions, including from vehicles and fossil fuel power plants, endanger public health and welfare. The decision, known as the endangerment finding, was based on years of evidence, and it has underpinned EPA actions on climate change ever since.

The Trump administration now wants to tear up that finding as it tries to roll back climate regulations on everything from vehicles to industries.

But the move might not be as simple as the administration hopes.

An airplane flying over a packed highway with San Diego in the background.
Transportation is the nation’s leading source of emissions, yet the federal government aims to roll back vehicle standards and other regulations written to help slow climate change. Kevin Carter/Getty Images

EPA Administrator Lee Zeldin sent a proposed rule to the White House Office of Management and Budget in early January 2026 to rescind the endangerment finding, and the White House announced that Zeldin would make the move official on Feb. 12, 2026.

There’s no question that rescinding the endangerment finding would be challenged in court. The world just lived through the three hottest years on record, evidence of worsening climate change is stronger now than ever before, and people across the U.S. are increasingly experiencing the harm firsthand.

Several legal issues have the potential to stop the EPA’s effort. They include emails submitted in a court case that suggest political appointees sought to direct the scientific review that the EPA is using to defend its plan. A federal judge also ruled on Jan. 30 that the Department of Energy violated the law when it handpicked five researchers to write that climate science review. While that ruling doesn’t necessarily stop the EPA, it raises questions.

To understand how we got here, it helps to look at history for some context.

The Supreme Court started it

The endangerment finding stemmed from a 2007 U.S. Supreme Court ruling in Massachusetts v. EPA.

The court found that various greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, were “pollutants covered by the Clean Air Act,” and it gave the EPA an explicit set of instructions.

The court wrote that the “EPA must determine whether or not emissions from new motor vehicles cause or contribute to air pollution which may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare.”

But the Supreme Court did not order the EPA to regulate greenhouse gas emissions. Only if the EPA found that emissions were harmful would the agency be required, by law, “to establish national ambient air quality standards for certain common and widespread pollutants based on the latest science” – meaning greenhouse gases.

The Supreme Court justices seated for a formal portrait.
The Supreme Court under Chief Justice John Roberts in 2007 included seven justices appointed by Republican presidents. Front row, left to right: Anthony M. Kennedy (appointed by Ronald Reagan), John Paul Stevens (Gerald Ford), John Roberts (George W. Bush), Antonin Scalia (Reagan) and David Souter (George H.W. Bush). Standing, from left: Stephen Breyer (Bill Clinton), Clarence Thomas (George H.W. Bush), Ruth Bader Ginsburg (Clinton) and Samuel Alito Jr. (George W. Bush). AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite

The EPA was required to follow formal procedures – including reviewing the scientific research, assessing the risks and taking public comment – and then determine whether the observed and projected harms were sufficient to justify publishing an “endangerment finding.”

That process took two years. EPA Administrator Lisa Jackson announced on Dec. 7, 2009, that the then-current and projected concentrations of six key greenhouse gases in the atmosphere – carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons and sulfur hexafluoride – threatened the public health and welfare of current and future generations.

Challenges to the finding erupted immediately.

Jackson denied 10 petitions received in 2009-2010 that called on the administration to reconsider the finding.

On June 26, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit upheld the endangerment finding and regulations that the EPA had issued under the Clean Air Act for passenger vehicles and permitting procedures for stationary sources, such as power plants.

This latest challenge is different.

It came directly from the Trump administration without going through normal channels. It was, though, entirely consistent with both the conservative Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 plan for the Trump administration and President Donald Trump’s dismissive approach to climate risk.

Trump’s burden of proof

To legally reverse the 2009 finding, the agency must go through the same evaluation process as before. According to conditions outlined in the Clean Air Act, the reversal of the 2009 finding must be justified by a thorough and complete review of the current science and not just be political posturing.

That’s a tough task.

Energy Secretary Chris Wright has talked publicly about how he handpicked the five researchers who wrote the scientific research review. A judge has now found that the effort violated the 1972 Federal Advisory Committee Act, which requires that agency-chosen panels providing policy advice to the government conduct their work in public.

All five members of the committee had been outspoken critics of mainstream climate science. Their report, released in summer 2025, was widely criticized for inaccuracies in what they referenced and its failure to represent the current science.

Scientific research available today clearly shows that greenhouse gas emissions harm public health and welfare. Importantly, evidence collected since 2009 is even stronger now than it was when the endangerment finding was written.

Map shows many ares with record or near record warm years.
Many locations around the world had record or near-record warm years in 2025. Places with local record warmth in 2025 are home to approximately 770 million people, according to data from Berkeley Earth. Berkeley EarthCC BY-NC

For example, a 2025 review by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine determined that the evidence supporting the endangerment finding is even stronger today than it was in 2009. A 2019 peer-reviewed assessment of the evidence related to greenhouse gas emissions’ role in climate change came to the same conclusion.

The Sixth Assessment of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, a report produced by hundreds of scientists from around the world, found in 2023 that “adverse impacts of human-caused climate change will continue to intensify.”

Maps show most of the US, especially the West, getting hotter, and the West getting drier.
Summer temperatures have climbed in much of the U.S. and the world as greenhouse gas emissions have risen. Fifth National Climate Assessment

In other words, greenhouse gas emissions were causing harm in 2009, and the harm is worse now and will be even worse in the future without steps to reduce emissions.

In public comments on the Department of Energy’s problematic 2025 review, a group of climate experts from around the world reached the same conclusion, adding that the Department of Energy’s Climate Working Group review “fails to adequately represent this reality.”

What happens if EPA does drop the endangerment finding

As an economist who has studied the effects of climate change for over 40 years, I am concerned that the EPA rescinding the endangerment finding on the basis of faulty scientific assessment would lead to faster efforts to roll back U.S. climate regulations meant to slow climate change.

It would also give the administration cover for further actions that would defund more science programs, stop the collection of valuable data, freeze hiring and discourage a generation of emerging science talent.

Cases typically take years to wind through the courts. The Environmental Defense Fund, for one, has announced plans to sue once the rescission is published in the Federal Register.

But unless a judge issues an injunction, I expect to see an accelerating retreat from U.S. efforts to reduce climate change. An example is the removal in early February of the climate science chapter from a new “Reference Manual on Scientific Evidence” that advises judges. Republican state attorneys general had complained to the Federal Judicial Center of the National Academies of Science, Engineering and Medicine that the manual “treated human influence on climate as fact.”

I see no scenario in which a legal challenge doesn’t end up before the Supreme Court. I would hope that both the enormous amount of scientific evidence and the words in the preamble of the U.S. Constitution would have some significant sway in the court’s considerations. It starts, “We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union,” and includes in its list of principles, “promote the general Welfare.

This article, originally published Feb. 2, 2026, has been updated with the White House announcing a date for rescinding the endangerment finding and the removal of judicial advice on climate change.The Conversation

Gary W. Yohe, Professor of Economics and Environmental Studies, Wesleyan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The brilliant and bizarre ways birds use their sense of smell – from natural cologne to pest control

Blue tits sniff out herbs to line their nests with. taviphoto/Shutterstock
Joey BaxterUniversity of Sheffield

When we think about birds, we often picture their colourful plumage: the iridescence of a peacock’s tail or the electric blue flash of a kingfisher. Or we might consider how they use voices, from the song of the nightingale to the coo of a dove or the shriek of a jay.

So it’s easy to imagine that vision and hearing must be the senses these birds use to explore their environment and interact with each other. However, smell is also vital to birds for navigating, foraging and even communicating. Yet this sense is often underestimated or ignored entirely.

Some of the blame for this long-standing underestimation can be assigned to influential 19th century naturalists like John James Audobon, whose early experiments on turkey vultures led him to conclude that they could not smell and must use sight to locate their carcass suppers.

He presented vultures with paintings of dead sheep, which they pecked away at. But when he shrouded putrid carrion with plant material the vultures ignored it. However, later work revealed flaws in Audobon’s research – these birds prefer fresher meat and locate it using scent, even when it is visually obscured.

The turkey vulture’s keen sense of smell was put to use by oil company engineers in 1930s California. Workers were having trouble with leaks along a 42-mile-long natural gas pipeline but noticed that vultures would often congregate around these leaks. Natural gas alone is odourless, but a chemical called ethyl mercaptan is added so humans can detect its distinctive eggy smell at close range. Ethyl mercaptan is also released by decomposing meat, so vultures associate it with food. The engineers used this to their advantage, intentionally pumping through large doses of ethyl mercaptan and observing the vultures to pinpoint and repair leaks.

Image of small round bird with long tail perched on a twig.
Long-tailed tits are known for their family bonds. SanderMeertinsPhotography/Shutterstock

More recently, research has explored the many ways that birds use their sense of smell in the wild. At the University of Sheffield, I am investigating whether long-tailed tits, a small UK garden bird, might use their sense of smell to recognise family members. Like we humans often help close family with childcare, long-tailed tits will feed chicks belonging to siblings, parents and children during the breeding season. How these little birds identify who is and isn’t a close relative is not entirely clear yet, but their scents may hold the key.

Starlings and blue tits, meanwhile, use scent to seek out aromatic plants such as yarrow, hogweed and elder, which they weave into their nests. The strong-smelling compounds in these plants defend their chicks against parasites, in the same way that we might use citronella to ward off mosquitoes.

Bird with big fluffy crest feeding chicks in tree.
Hoopoe chicks have a distinct pong. Piotr Krzeslak/Shutterstock

Hoopoe chicks manufacture their own chemical defences. These are colourful birds with a long, curved bill and a distinctive orange crown of feathers. Young hoopoes produce a thick, dark, foul-smelling substance called preen oil from a gland just above their tail that contains bacteria. These beneficial bacteria break the preen oil down into pungent chemicals that keep germs at bay.

New Zealand’s national icon, the flightless kiwi, is mostly nocturnal and feeds on worms and insects found underground, so cannot rely on vision when foraging. Instead, kiwis have nostrils at the very tip of their long bills, which they probe the earth with to sniff out their subterranean prey.

Small fluffy bird with long beak,
Kiwi birds have nostrils at the end of their bills. Mastak80/Shutterstock

Crested auklets are small, black seabirds that smell like tangerines. This odour is produced by special feathers and is involved in social communication. Both male and female auklets will rub their bills into the nape of another bird’s neck to get a good whiff, using this smell to assess their quality as a potential mate. So, it pays to produce a good strong dose of this natural cologne.

Petrels and shearwaters fly across hundreds of kilometres of open ocean in search of sustenance, using their sense of smell to detect dimethyl sulfide (DMS), a chemical produced by phytoplankton (microscopic plant-like organisms). The odour of this chemical, often compared to that of boiled cabbage, signals where in the sea is likely to be rich with food. Additionally, the varying intensity of this chemical allows them to create an olfactory map in their heads for navigating back to their nests on land.

Black birds with crest and orange beak perch on rock.
Can anyone else smell tangerine? tryton2011/Shutterstock

Sadly, this impressive olfactory ability can land these birds in trouble. Ocean plastic causes blooms of phytoplankton, which pump DMS into the air in unusual quantities. Seabirds can be confused by these chemicals that are usually associated with food and will often consume the plastic, which can be fatal. Because of their reliance on scent for foraging, DMS-sensitive birds, which also include albatrosses, are nearly six times more likely than other species to ingest plastic.

Like birds, humans have been historically underappreciated when it comes to smell. An idea that – again – largely stems from the pontifications of 19th century scientists.

Humans, however, are sensitive to an enormous range of odoursOne experiment showed that, when blindfolded, human participants could track the scent of chocolate across a field. We use our sense of smell all the time in our daily lives – sometimes without fully realising it – in avoiding danger (noticing the smell of smoke), selecting food (passing up off milk or picking a particularly ripe orange) or even choosing a partner. Research suggests people are often drawn to the odour of those with a very different set of immune genes to their own.

So, even for animals that don’t have a dominant sense of smell, odours form a key part of the way they interact with the world.The Conversation

Joey Baxter, PhD Candidate in Biosciences, University of Sheffield

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why walking in a national park in the dark prompts people to turn off lights at home

Andy Burns
Jenny HallYork St John University

As soon as you drive over the top of the Peak District and down into Sheffield you can see the light pollution – and it’s horrible, said a participant in a research project into darkness and light pollution.

In the last 100 years, the places where people can experience darkness have reduced dramatically. Now only 10% of the people living in the western hemisphere experience places with dark skies, where there is no artificial light. And the starry skies they can see are limited by artificial light. The number of stars that people can see from most of the western hemisphere is getting fewer and fewer.

Researchers trying to find out about public attitudes to darkness attended events over three days in the North York Moors National Park. Here, in one of the UK’s seven dark sky reserves (where light pollution is limited), the researchers explored how immersive and fun experiences, such as guided night walks and stargazing and silent discos, reshaped public perceptions of natural darkness and sparked ideas of what they might change in their lives.

Working with a professional film-maker, the research team recorded how people responded to taking part in events in darkness. Participants in the research included five tourism businesses, two representatives from the park and 94 visitors.

People in the dark walking with head torches during a dark sky event.
People walking with head torches in a dark sky event in North Yorkshire. Andy Burns.

Darkness disappears

Light pollution is increasing globally by approximately 10% per year (estimated by measuring how many stars can be seen in the sky at night), diminishing night skies and disrupting ecosystems.

But increasing awareness of light pollution has led to an increase in national parks hosting events to explore this issue, according to my recent study.

A sign saying international dark sky reserve.
Andy Burns.CC BY-SA

The study’s findings indicated that participants in the North York Moors Dark Sky Festival events not only started to feel more comfortable in natural darkness but also talked about changing their own lifestyle, including using low-impact lighting in their homes, asking neighbours to switch off lights in their gardens at night, and monitoring neighbourhood light levels.

The research team used filming and walking with visitors to capture not just what people said, but what they did in darkness. During guided walks, participants experimented with moving without head‑torches, cultivating night vision, and tuning into sound, smell and learning how to find their way around without artificial light.

Walking in silence helped visitors build a deeper connection with the nocturnal environment. One visitor said that being in the dark just for that moment of peace, and just to listen and tune in to the environment was a privilege and something to conserve.

One said: “I remember as a child I’d see similar stuff from a city [and that] sort of thing, and now we’re doing whatever we can do to save things like this.”

Visitors reported leaving with new skills, greater awareness and commitment, such as putting their lights at home on timers, and working on bat protection projects. These actions demonstrate that this kind of experience in nocturnal environments can change behaviour far beyond festivals.

Dark Sky activists, such as those in the North York Moors National Park, have learned that the public connect with the issues around light pollution and become more engaged if the activities are fun.

Shared experiences help people understand complex messages about climate, biodiversity, and responsible lighting, and help people feel more confident about walking in the dark. Several participants commented that walking without light was good and wasn’t as bad as they thought. Another said: “I find walking at night with a full moon is really quite a magical experience.”

By the end of the walk, some visitors (when on relatively easy ground) were happy to switch head torches off and enjoy feeling immersed within the nocturnal landscape.

Dark‑sky festivals show how joy and fun can build public awareness and an understanding of why darkness matters.

However, limited public transport to rural night events as well as safety concerns about walking in darkness, and the cost of festivals all restrict participation.

Why light is a problem

Research shows that artificial light at night disrupts circadian rhythms, impairs some species ability to find their way around and is a cause of declining populations of insects, bats and other nocturnal fauna.

There is also evidence that outdoor lighting generates needless emissions and ecological harm that is intensifying at an alarming rate.

North Yorks dark skies discussed.

To rethink this shift, the study argues that darkness could be considered a shared environmental “good”, requiring collective care to prevent overuse, damage and pollution.

Small changes in lighting shielding (which controls the spread of light), warmer coloured lights, and half lighting (switching street lighting off at midnight) can be significant and less damaging to animal life.

The national park’s next major step has been to establish a Northern England Dark-Sky Alliance to halt the growth of light pollution outside the park boundaries, particularly along the A1 road in northern England, which would help restore natural darkness for nocturnal migratory species, such as birds like Nightjars.

If we can make living with more darkness in our streets, and in our leisure time, feel more normal and more comfortable, then nighttime becomes not something that needs to be fixed, but a shared commons to be restored.

Jenny Hall is a speaker at an upcoming discussion on Cities Under Stars: Tackling Light Pollution in Cities, in conjunction with The Conversation, as part of this year’s Dark Skies Festival. Find out more, and come along.The Conversation

Jenny Hall, Associate Professor in Tourism and Events, York St John University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What Olympic athletes see that viewers don’t: Machine-made snow makes ski racing faster and riskier – and it’s everywhere

U.S. skier Rosie Brennan leads a group during the women’s team sprint classic cross-country skiing competition at the 2022 Winter Olympics. AP Photo/Aaron Favila
Keith MusselmanUniversity of Colorado Boulder and Agnes MacyUniversity of Colorado Boulder

When viewers tune in to the 2026 Winter Olympics, they will see pristine, white slopes, groomed tracks and athletes racing over snow-covered landscapes, thanks in part to a storm that blanketed the mountain venues of the Italian Alps with fresh powder just in time.

But at lower elevations, where cross-country and other events are held, athletes and organizers have been contending with rain; thin, sometimes slushy snow; and icy, machine-made surfaces.

“Most of our races are on machine-made snow,” 2026 U.S. Olympic team cross-country skier Rosie Brennan told us ahead of the Games. “TV production is great at making it look like we are in wintry, snowy places, but this year has been particularly bad.”

A male skier races down a slick track with flags flying along the wall beside him
Machine-made snow increasingly makes the Winter Games possible. It’s also slicker to race and harder to fall on. Here, Olympic skier Ben Ogden of the U.S. competes during the sprint of the FIS Cross-Country World Cup Tour de Ski in Toblach, Italy, on Dec. 28, 2024. Federica Vanzetta/NordicFocus/Getty Images

As scientists who study mountain snow, water resources and the human impact of warming winters, we see winter’s changes through data: rising temperaturesshrinking snowpackshorter snow seasons.

Olympic athletes experience changing winter conditions personally, in ways the public and scientists rarely do. Lack of snowfall and more frequent rain affect when and where they can train, how they train and how dangerous the terrain can become.

We talked with Brennan and cross-country skiers Ben Ogden and Jack Young as they were preparing for the 2026 Winter Games. Their experiences reflect what many athletes describe: a sport increasingly defined not by the variability of natural winter but by the reliability of industrialized snowmaking.

What the cameras don’t show

Snowmaking technology makes it possible to create halfpipes for freestyle snowboarding and skiing competitions. It also allows for races when natural snow is scarce – the 2022 Winter Olympics in Beijing relied entirely on machine-made snow for many races.

However, machine-made snow creates a very different surface than natural snow, changing the race.

Three skiers sit at the top of a ski jump. Their view shows how much dry, snow-free ground is around the jump area
Athletes train at the ski jumping arena prior to the Open Italian Championship in Predazzo, a 2026 Winter Olympics venue, on Dec. 23, 2025. Stefano Rellandini/AFP via Getty Images

In clouds, each unique snowflake shape is determined by the temperature and humidity. Once formed, the iconic star shape begins to slowly erode as its crystals become rounded spheres. In this way, natural snow provides a variety of textures and depths: soft powder after a storm, firm or brittle snow in cold weather, and slushy, wet snow during rain or melt events.

Machine-made snow varies less in texture or quality. It begins and ends its life as an ice pellet surrounded by a thin film of liquid water. That makes it slower to change, easier to shape, and, once frozen, it hardens in place.

‘They’re faster, icier and carry more risk’

When artificial snow is being made, the sound is piercing – a high-pitched hiss roars from the pressurized nozzles of snow guns. These guns spew water mixed with compressed air, and it freezes upon contact with the cold air outside, creating small, dense ice particles. The drops sting exposed skin, as one of us, Agnes Macy, knows well as a former competitive skier.

Snow machines then push out artificial snow onto the racecourse. Often, the trails are the only ribbons of snow in sight – a white strip surrounded by brown mud and dead grass.

Female skiers race through a town with a church beside them, fans along the track and lots of snow-free ground outside the snowy race course.
The surrounding landscape was mostly snow-free when Rosie Brennan competed in the individual sprint at an FIS Cross-Country World Cup event in Drammen, Norway, on March 3, 2022. Federico Modica/NordicFocus/Getty Images

“Courses built for natural snow feel completely different when covered in man-made snow,” Brennan, 37, said. “They’re faster, icier, and carry more risk than anyone might imagine for cross-country skiing.”

There’s nothing quite like skiing on fresh snow. After a storm brings a blanket of light, fluffy powder, it can almost feel as though you’re floating. The snow is forgiving.

On artificial snow, skiers carry more speed into downhill runs. Downhill racers may relish the speed, but cross-country skis don’t have metal edges like downhill skis do, so step-turning or skidding around fast, icy corners can make an athlete feel out of control. It “requires a different style of skiing, skill sets and strengths than I grew up learning,” Brennan said.

How athletes adapt, with help from science

Athletes must adjust their technique and prepare their skis differently, depending on the snow conditions.

At elite levels, this is science. Snow crystal morphology, temperature, ski base material and structure, ski stiffness, skier technique and environmental conditions all interact to determine an athlete’s speed.

Before cross-country, or Nordic, races, ski technicians compare multiple ski pairs prepared with different base surfaces and waxes. They evaluate how quickly each ski glides and how long it maintains that glide – traits that depend on the friction between the ski and the snow.

Compared to natural snow, machine-made snow generally provides a more durable and longer-lasting surface. In cross-country racing, that allows for more efficient and stronger pushes without skis or poles sinking deep into snow. Additionally, improvements in the machines used to groom snow now provide harder and more homogeneous surfaces that permit faster skiing.

Two male skiers on tangled on the ground after a crash.
Russia’s Alexander Terentev, right, and Czech Republic’s Michal Novak crash during a men’s cross-country sprint quarterfinal race at the FIS Nordic World Ski Championships in Oberstdorf, Germany, on Feb. 25, 2021. AP Photo/Matthias Schrader

While fast skiing is the goal, ski crashes are also the most common cause of injury in the Winter Olympics. With machine-made snow, ski jump competitors and anyone who falls is also landing on a harder surface, which can increase the risk of injury.

Why winters are changing

Weather can always deal surprises, but long-term climate trends are shifting what can be expected of a typical winter.

In the Alps, air temperature has increased by about 3.6 degrees Fahrenheit (2 degrees Celsius) since the late 1800s, before rising fossil fuel use began increasing the levels of greenhouse gases trapping heat in the atmosphere. Globally, 2025 was the third-warmest year on record, following 2024 and 2023.

For mountain regions, these warmer conditions have consequences. Snow melts earlier and more frequently in midwinter, especially during warm spells that used to be rare.

Midwinter snowmelt events are occurring more often at higher elevations and earlier in the season across many mountain ranges of western North America. At the same time, the snow line – the elevation where precipitation shifts from snow to rain – is moving upslope.

Warming in high mountain environments is also causing the threshold where rain turns to snow to rise by tens of meters per decade in some regions. This means storms that once blanketed entire valleys in snow now may deliver snow only to upper slopes, with rain falling below.

Male ski racers turn a corner on a race course.
Taking sharp corners on icy surfaces isn’t easy on cross-country skis. Here, U.S. Olympic skier Jack Young competes in the individual sprint finals of the FIS Cross-Country World Cup Oberhof on Jan. 17, 2026, in Oberhof, Germany. Leo Authamayou/NordicFocus/Getty Images

Together, these changes mean that many winter storms produce less snow, over less area, and for shorter durations than they did a generation ago.

Training venues

The changing winter landscape has also transformed how athletes train. Traditional training venues, such as glaciers once used for summer skiing, have become unreliable. In August 2025, the Hintertux Glacier – the only year-round training center operating in Austria – announced its first temporary closure.

“It’s been increasingly hard to make plans for locations to train between races,” Brennan said. “Snow reliability isn’t great in many places. We often rely on going to higher elevations for a better chance of snow.”

Athletes race on short skis on wheels.
Biathlon athletes practice their sport on wheels at the Loop One Festival in Munich’s Olympic Park on Oct. 19, 2025. Sven Hoppe/picture alliance via Getty Images

Higher-elevation training can help, but it concentrates athletes in fewer places, reduces access for younger skiers due to the remoteness and raises costs for national teams. Some of these glaciers – like Canada’s Haig Glacier or Alaska’s Eagle Glacier – are accessible only by helicopter. When skiers can’t get to snow, dryland training on rollerskis is one of the only options.

Winter athletes see the climate changing

Because winter is their workplace, athletes often notice subtle changes before those changes show up in long-term statistics.

Even athletes in their earlier 20s, like Young, said they have noticed the rapid expansion of snowmaking infrastructure at many racing venues in recent years. Snowmaking requires large amounts of energy and water. It is also a clear sign that organizers see winters becoming less dependable.

Athletes also witness how communities are affected when poor snow conditions mean fewer visitors. “In the Alps, when conditions are bad, it is obvious how much it affects the communities,” Ogden, 25, said. “Their tourism-based livelihoods are so often negatively affected, and their quality of life changes.”

Many winter athletes are speaking publicly about their concerns. Groups such as Protect Our Winters, founded by professional snowboarder Jeremy Jones, work to advance policies that protect outdoor places for future generations.

A wintry look, but an uncertain future

For athletes at the 2026 Olympics, the variability within the Olympic region – snow at higher elevations, rain at lower ones – reflects a broader truth: The stability of winter is diminishing.

Athletes know this better than anyone. They race in it. They train in it. They depend on it.

The Winter Games will go on this year. The snow will look good on television. But at the same time, winter is changing.The Conversation

Keith Musselman, Assistant Professor in Geography, Mountain Hydrology, and Climate Change, University of Colorado Boulder and Agnes Macy, Graduate Student in Geography, University of Colorado Boulder

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week One February 2026: Issue 651 (published Sunday February 1 2026)

The fauna bridge on Mona Vale Road East – will it be a bridge to nowhere?

A proposed change of zoning for land in Ingleside could jeopardise the future operation of a planned fauna corridor, including a fauna bridge and underpass on Mona Vale Road East.

This could isolate threatened fauna in Ingleside Chase Reserve, leading to long term decline and possible local extinction.

Fauna bridge on Mona Vale Road East. Ingleside Chase Reserve is on left. Photo David Palmer

The land is a critical element in the pathway for native fauna populations in Ingleside Chase reserve to cross Mona Vale Road east and disperse through bushland in Ingleside to Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park. 

The land was set aside in the 2016 Ingleside Precinct Structure Plan, and marked as a fauna corridor. This was part of an agreement between Transport for NSW, (then RMS) and the NSW Department of Planning to create a corridor, fauna underpass and fauna bridge over Mona Vale Road East which would link Ingleside Chase Reserve with Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park. 

However, in the new Local Environment Plan for the Northern Beaches this land has been zoned C3 which allows housing. If houses are built on it, then native animals which cross the fauna bridge or use the underpass will have nowhere to go.

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association secretary David Palmer is calling for action by the Department of Planning to remedy the situation. 

“Whilst RMS kept their side of the bargain and built the fauna bridge, the Department of Planning didn’t keep their promise to zone the land for conservation. So now we have a situation where sometime in the future housing could appear on this land and the fauna Bridge over Mona Vale Road would lead into residential back yards and fences, rendering it a useless waste of money.

“We would like Northern Beaches Council to ask the Planning Department for a solution to this problem,” he said.

Cr Miranda Korzy will put a motion to Northern Beaches Council calling on Council to liaise with the Department of Planning, which owns the land, and other agencies to identify ways to protect it.

PNHA hopes that her motion will be supported by other Councillors as the long-term viability of native fauna populations in Ingleside Chase Reserve, which is under Council’s control, will be affected.

PNHA President, Marita Macrae says Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been advocating for protection of native fauna in Ingleside Chase Reserve since 1994 when much of it was privately owned and threatened by a plan to subdivide it. 

“Our campaign spurred Pittwater Council to take action to protect it which resulted in the creation of the nature reserve. We thought that with the creation of the fauna corridor and crossings over Mona Vale Road, our campaign would be over, but sadly our vision seems to have been thwarted,” she said. 

PNHA member Jacqui Marlow has been involved in rescuing native fauna in the area for many years. She says that protection of the fauna corridor land is critical for the long-term survival of native animals. 

She explained that “If native animals are not able to move between habitats, they will face gradual population decline leading to local extinction. We have many threatened mammals and birds in Ingleside Chase reserve including Eastern Pygmy Possums, which are listed as vulnerable in NSW. They depend on being able to move safely through the landscape to find food, shelter and mates.”

Eastern Pygmy possum near the fauna bridge on Mona Vale Road East. Photo David Palmer

The map below shows recorded sightings of Eastern Pygmy Possums on both sides of the fauna bridge and underpass on Mona Vale Road East.

Eastern Pygmy Possum sightings near the fauna bridge and underpass on Mona Vale Rd east. Image: Atlas of living Australia 2025

Native animals have been photographed using the fauna bridge, showing that it is working, and as the vegetation on and around it grows thicker, more animals will use it. But if, after crossing the fauna bridge, animals encounter back yards, fences and domestic pets, then it will prove to be a bridge to nowhere.

PNHA has commissioned Pittwater Pathways to produce a three minute You Tube video titled “A Bridge to Nowhere?” explaining the issue. Click on this link or watch it below.


 

Synthetic grass fragments are increasingly prevalent microplastics in waterways across Metropolitan Sydney: Report finds Microplastics Have tripled in Sydney's waterways in three years - Manly Cove's 'very high' reading - NSW microplastics report 2026

A report based on seven years of citizen-led shoreline surveys has found that microplastic pollution is surging in Sydney's waterways.

The report names Port Hacking in Sydney's south, North Harbour, and lagoons on the northern beaches, such as Narrabeen and Dee Why, as the city's worst hotspots for microplastics.

AUSMAP's shoreline monitoring also provides some of the first site-specific evidence of an increase of synthetic grass fibres accumulating in Metropolitan Sydney waterways. 

The highest average concentration recorded to date was at Tower Beach (Gamay/Botany Bay), where up to 2,500 blades per m² were recorded in 2024. Local stormwater inputs, rainfall patterns, and nearby synthetic grass fields in the Botany Bay region likely contribute to the high and variable amounts seen at this site.

Synthetic grass installations are now commonplace across Australia, appearing everywhere from community and elite sports fields to school playgrounds, party boats, residential yards and public landscaping.

These surfaces have been associated with a range of concerns, including surface temperatures reaching up to 75 °C on hot days, increased player injury risk, reduced biodiversity, and intensified urban heat, particularly in Sydney's Western Suburbs.

This increasingly popular plastic product has the potential to release microplastics into surrounding drains, parks, and waterways, contributing to a growing and largely unmanaged source of urban plastic pollution. 

The Northern Beaches Council has been installing this product across Pittwater in playgrounds and parks and wetlands, in known flood zones, without consultation, without updating Plans of Management to state the product has been installed in these environments, for at least 5 years.

Microplastics pollution data

AUSMAP’s ongoing monitoring at Manly Cove has revealed consistently high levels of microplastic pollution, marking it as one of Australia's significant hotspots. Since mid-2018, AUSMAP researchers and community members have collected over 60 samples from Manly Cove, building one of the most comprehensive datasets on microplastic pollution in Australia, and potentially worldwide. This data reveals concerning trends that highlight the severity and persistence of microplastic contamination at this site.

The microplastic levels at Manly Cove frequently fall into the “High” (251-1,000 microplastics/m²) or “Very High” (1,001-10,000 microplastics/m²) categories on AUSMAP’s pollution scale, with a peak concentration recorded at 4,097 microplastics/m² in July 2024. This consistently elevated pollution suggests that Manly Cove is experiencing ongoing contamination from plastic debris.

Some of the highest recorded averages were in lagoons or smaller waterways (e.g. Dee Why Lagoon, Curl Curl Lagoon, Port Hacking and Manly Lagoon) suggesting these smaller, low-flushed estuaries accumulate microplastics. Additional sampling is needed to verify some of these findings.

In contrast, locations such as Middle Harbour, Pittwater, Southern Beaches and the Hawkesbury River, where the water is flushed by tides and floods, recorded low concentrations (<50 MPs/m²), and the Cooks River remained below hotspot thresholds despite its heavily urbanised catchment, and clear records of runoff into all these sites during rain events.

The composition of microplastics across Metropolitan Sydney from 2022 to 2025 revealed a broadly consistent pattern across estuaries, dominated by foam and hard fragments, though a few distinct deviations due to localised influences were apparent (e.g. Lower Hawkesbury River). 

For the coastal locations, there were different dominant microplastic types in each area, highlighting the localised nature of microplastic pollution. This variability likely reflects site-specific factors such as nearby stormwater outlets, beach use, coastal tourism, and ocean-driven transport. Smaller proportions of film, fibres, and synthetic grass were recorded sporadically across coastal sites, while pellets showed high variability in some sites but remained low elsewhere.

  • 67 % of Sydney sites recorded hard fragments and foam as the two most common microplastic types
  • 89 % of Sydney sites recorded pellets on the shoreline

The report states:

'Foam comprises the largest proportion of microplastics across most sampled Sydney locations, with several sites exhibiting overwhelming contributions from this material.

Foam specifically accounted for 74 % of microplastics recorded in Narrabeen Lagoon, 67 % in Parramatta River, 62 % in Port Hacking, 56 % in both Curl Curl and Manly Lagoons, and 52 % in Dee Why Lagoon. This reflects the widespread presence and persistence of expanded polystyrene (EPS) debris, a material that fragments readily and disperses through stormwater. 

While much of this foam originates from diffuse stormwater inputs, episodic pollution events can contribute to localised spikes, which have been increasingly observed at popular Sydney beaches. An example of this was seen at Bondi Beach in December 2023, with hundreds of thousands of foam balls washing onshore likely due to a polystyrene-based pontoon incident on the northern beaches of Sydney.'

Foam, Hard fragments and Pellets were also the primary sources of microplastic pollution in the Pittwater estuary as well. 

The same washes onto every Pittwater beach with each tide.

The whole NBC LGA beaches are rated as having 'moderate' pollution, indicating every area has increasing microplastics. The surveys found:

Avg. microplastic / m2 (SEM)

Pittwater 

  • Careel Bay - 41(13) - 3 surveys 2022-2025
  • Palm Beach 11(8) - 2 -
  • Riddle Reserve Bayview - 76 - 1surveys 2022-2025
  • Sandy Beach Palm Beach 51(12) - 3 surveys 2018-2021 
  • Narrabeen Lagoon 43(7) 190 10surveys 2018-2021 1 survey 2022-2025

Dee Why Lagoon 351(118) 839 8 1

Curl Curl Lagoon 101(32) 1175 4 1

Manly Lagoon 44 5056 1 1

North Harbour 

  • Collins Flat Beach 106(4) 12399 4 1
  • Little Manly Beach 109
  • Manly Cove 631(129) 1660(332) 35 surveys 2018-2021  43 surveys 2022-2025
  • Manly Cove East 342(142) 85 2 1

Middle Harbour 

  • Clive Park 129 - 1 -
  • Echo Point Beach 14(7) 1 4 2
  • Edwards Beach - 71

AUSMAP’s states the data on Manly Cove exemplifies the wider issue of plastic pollution and underscores the need for targeted actions and policies to address the root causes of microplastic pollution. 

''Once microplastics enter the ocean, they are exceedingly difficult to remove, making prevention at the source the most effective solution. Stronger regulatory protections, coupled with efforts to reduce plastic use and improve waste handling, are essential to protect marine ecosystems and mitigate the long-term impacts of plastic pollution.'' the organisation states

AUSMAP - Australian Microplastic Assessment Project - is a national group of high profile environmental groups, researchers, sustainable businesses and educators. They gather crucial new data about microplastic in aquatic environments: how much is out there, where it is and where is it coming from.

Download the 2026 report 'Australian Microplastic Assessment Project (2026). Do We Have a Microplastic Problem in Our Coastal NSW Waterways? A report of Total Environment Centre. 54 pp.; - Using citizen science as a data-driven, early warning system to identify microplastic hotspots'

Plastic Grass Increasing in Aquatic Environments

Shoreline surveys by AUSMAP demonstrate the presence of synthetic grass fibres in Metropolitan Sydney waterways dating back to 2019.

Synthetic grass microplastic fibres are released from their source, such as sporting fields, residential yards, playgrounds, and landscaped areas, through everyday wear, weathering and maintenance activities. Once mobilised, these fibres can enter the surrounding environment via the stormwater network. There, they persist in sediments and along shorelines, where they can act as sponges for other environmental pollutants and be ingested by wildlife. Importantly, this demonstrates that synthetic grass materials are not confined to their points of installation but are dispersed into the wider urban environment.

Recent AUSMAP data show that synthetic grass fragments are becoming increasingly common in Sydney’s waterways. At regularly monitored locations, such as Rose Bay in Sydney Harbour, synthetic grass debris has increased approximately tenfold between 2022 and 2025, reaching over 20 blades per square metre

Similarly, at Manly Cove, synthetic grass fragments were first detected in 2019. Concentrations have since tripled, despite natural year-to-year fluctuations.

Poulton Park was raised as an area of concern by the Oatley Flora and Fauna Society. The park consists of two synthetic fields situated next to Poulton Creek, which flows into the Georges River.

Core samples were taken at three distances (0, 4 and 8 metres) from the study sites. Results found that there were approximately 1 million pieces of rubber crumb or synthetic grass coming off those fields. These findings were presented to the local council and are being used to implement mitigation strategies.

AUSMAP completed toxicity studies to evaluate the impact of rubber crumb leachate on freshwater and marine species. Rubber crumb was leached for 18 hours. A freshwater water flea as well as larval marine mussel and sea urchin were exposed to diluted concentrations of the leachate.

Results found that concentrations of 1-3% affected 50 percent of the populations. This is likely due to concentrations of zinc which were significantly higher than the Australian Water Quality Trigger Value. Although other chemicals such as 6 PPD-q and HMMM were also recorded but further toxicity trials are needed to ascertain their impacts to local aquatic life.

Recently, AUSMAP has been working with Ku- ring- gai Council in Sydney’s north-west to quantify microplastic loss from a synthetic turf field and the efficacy of stormwater pit traps to reduce this loss. Results have highlighted that >100,000 particles of rubber crumb and synthetic grass are captured in most trap samples, representing 82% of the loss. However, sampling of the runoff water into a nearby creek found both crumb and synthetic grass to be prevalent. Key findings from this investigation highlight extreme microplastic loss from this surface that would enter the environment unabated without the presence of stormwater mitigation traps. The full impact of mitigation approaches is yet to be reported - and invariably, to date, are not common practice.

AUSMAP are calling for a 5-year moratorium on new planning and approvals for synthetic grass fields until further research and information on potential human and environmental harm from these fields is clarified.

The group are also calling for Enforcement of Australian Standards for pollution mitigation measures on synthetic grass fields and more detailed guidelines for field management to be implemented on all existing synthetic fields as soon as possible.

AUSMAP states investment in and a substantial effort into improving drainage and the condition of natural grass fields to avoid synthetic grass installation should be first choice.

They are calling on Local governments (councils) to provide a truly balanced cost-benefit analysis at the end-of-life of synthetic fields compared to those of natural turf.

Residents of Pittwater are calling on the Northern Beaches Council to consult with the community for approval where and when they have a plan to install plastic turf or plastic products, such as those now used in wharves, in the Pittwater environment area.

There are ongoing calls to either remove where it has already been installed already, especially when that is a known flood zone, wetland or the estuary, and to update the applicable POM's for these sites to state they have installed the product so these sites can be easily identified when it becomes obvious it should be removed.

Residents have pointed out that even when projects are listed under the 'have your say' section of the council website they are announcements, not consultations.

2025 reports: 
Also available:

References:

1. Katrina R. Bornt a b, Joshua W. Rule a, Peter A. Novak An undocumented source of plastic contamination in sensitive estuarine environments. Marine Pollution BulletinVolume 211, February 2025, 117369

Highlights

  • Plastic infrastructure is prevalent around the SCE, particularly decking on jetties.
  • Surface degradation was evident at all sites.
  • Various factors likely influence severity of degradation in estuarine systems.
  • Suitability of plastic infrastructure in estuaries requires further investigation.

Abstract

The degradation of plastic infrastructure installed along estuaries and coastal environments may constitute a significant source of plastic contamination. This study aimed to determine the prevalence of plastic infrastructure and the extent of surface degradation of these plastics in a case study system, the Swan and Canning Estuary, Western Australia. The severity of cracks, chips, deformation, and material loss were used to estimate a novel degradation index for the plastic components on structures. The most common plastic infrastructure was decking on jetties, predominantly fibre reinforced (70 %) and co-polymer recycled (20 %) plastics. Degradation was evident at every site and varied across structures and plastic materials. The severity of degradation was likely influenced by a range of complex interacting factors such as structure age, and wet-dry cycling, alkalinity, and high temperatures that are characteristic of estuarine environments and known to exacerbate degradation of plastic materials. This study revealed plastic infrastructure was common in the case study system, structures start degrading during installation and may constitute a significant, and hitherto undocumented, source of plastic to these environments.

The durability of plastics, purported resistance to degradation and lower installation costs (relative to some materials) means they are often recommended over traditional materials (e.g. timber, metal and concrete) for infrastructure applications. In estuarine and coastal environments plastic is used widely for shoreline infrastructure that frequently interacts with water such as decking, walkways, pontoons, boat pen and jetty chafer posts, pile sleeves and capping, and fenders, among other uses. Shoreline infrastructure is subject to a range of degradation factors that may challenge the durability, and therefore, longevity of plastic. Laboratory testing of a commonly used plastic in shoreline infrastructure, fibre reinforced plastic (FRP), showed susceptibility to increased degradation under high ambient air temperature (>40 °C) (Wu et al., 2023), frequent wetting and drying cycles (Aiello and Ombres, 2000; Wu et al., 2023), ultraviolet (UV) radiation (Cai et al., 2018; Dong and Wu, 2019; Sasaki and Nishizaki, 2012; Zhao et al., 2017) and alkalinity (i.e. high pH rather than total alkalinity) (Bazli et al., 2016). Furthermore, abrasion and wear from foot traffic can be a significant factor in the degradation of these structures (Sabry et al., 2022; Talib et al., 2021), with the degree of severity depending on the polymer type (including fibre reinforcement), and location of infrastructure (e.g. sandy shorelines). The ongoing use of plastic in shoreline infrastructure may represent a significant source of contamination to the environment and a legacy issue for decades to come, yet there is limited understanding of the degradation and potential shedding of plastic from these structures.

This study aims to document plastic infrastructure in estuarine environments as a potential source of plastic contamination by assessing the extent of plastic use and prevalence of surface degradation, and plastic shedding in a case study system, the Swan Canning Estuary (hereafter SCE) in Western Australia (WA). 

.....

To conclude, the surface of plastic shoreline infrastructure installed in estuarine environments starts degrading shortly after installation. This study did not assess structural integrity of plastic infrastructure, and therefore, they may still meet the 20–25 year structural lifespan often promoted by manufacturers. However, these structures start to shed plastic material through surface degradation far earlier than this intended lifespan. Once plastic shoreline infrastructure starts degrading and shedding plastics, it continues to do so throughout the lifespan of the product, therefore, constituting a constant source of plastic to sensitive environments for decades. In contrast to natural products, such as untreated timber, where the loss of material constitutes negligible environmental risks, contamination from plastic is known to cause long-term environmental harm (Andrady, 2011). The susceptibility of plastic infrastructure to a range of degradation factors that are inherent in the SCE and estuarine environments globally, or resulting from installation and purpose-built structures that absorb impact, would suggest they are currently unsuitable for these applications, particularly when environmental risk management is a key priority. Furthermore, the use of plastic infrastructure creates another waste stream of plastic material that will need to be resolved in the future. This work constitutes a baseline of plastic shoreline infrastructure prevalence in an estuarine environment and introduces and recognises, for the first time, these materials as another potentially significant source of plastic contamination to estuarine and coastal environments. Future investigations of differing plastic infrastructure across various environments would be beneficial in elucidating potential factors influencing degradation of such materials in these environments and provide further information on their suitability for installation in comparable circumstances. This study also intends to inform management about the potential environmental risk from contamination arising from plastic shoreline infrastructure whilst informing policy development relating to its use and ongoing monitoring.

Fig. 3. Examples of each degradation criteria (a – cracking of micro/mini mesh fibre reinforced plastic, FRP); b – chipping of FRP with standard grating; c – deformation of recycled co-polymer; d – material loss on solid top FRP used for rapid visual condition assessments. Orange scale bars represent 1 cm.

2. Lourmpas N, Papanikos P, Efthimiadou EK, Fillipidis A, Lekkas DF, Alexopoulos ND. Degradation assessment of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) debris after long exposure to marine conditions. Sci Total Environ. 2024 Dec 1;954:176847. doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2024.176847. Epub 2024 Oct 10. PMID: 39393706 at, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39393706/

Abstract

The degradation of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) in marine environments was investigated under various weathering conditions. HDPE debris were collected from coastal areas near Korinthos, Greece which had been exposed to marine conditions for durations ranging from a few months to several decades; they were analysed alongside with laboratory-manufactured HDPE specimens subjected to controlled weathering exposure. Four (4) different cases were investigated, including exposure to different conditions, namely to (a) natural atmospheric and (b) sea weathering conditions, (c) accelerated ultraviolet (UV) radiation, and finally (d) submersion to artificial seawater for up to twelve (12) months. The degradation assessment was proposed based on performed tensile mechanical tests, while the chemical/microstructural changes were assessed through Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy and Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM). FTIR spectroscopy indicated the emergence of carbonyl groups, with peaks appearing between 1740 cm-1 and 1645 cm-1, which are crucial indicators of photo-oxidative degradation. Key findings revealed that HDPE specimens experienced significant (8 %) ultimate tensile strength (σUTS) only after 3 months of atmospheric exposure, while this decrease can reach up to 60 % over the period of 35 years exposureA strong correlation was observed between the σUTS decrease between the (a) natural environment and (b) accelerated UV weathering exposure. It is noticed that 1½ month of accelerated UV exposure corresponded to similar ultimate tensile strength decrease for 6 months of natural atmospheric degradation. A linear correlation is proposed to assess the long-term materials' tensile properties degradation in marine environments.

3. Chowreddy, R.R., Fredriksen, S.B., Anwar, H. et al. Degradation behaviour of different polyethylene and polypropylene materials under long-term accelerated weathering conditions. J Polym Res 33, 45 (January 29 2026). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10965-026-04777-x

Abstract

Degradation is heavily influenced by the polymer’s molecular structure, morphology, and the presence or absence of additives. Long-term accelerated weathering experiments, lasting up to 10,000 h, were conducted on various commercial polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP) resins in a Weatherometer (WOM). Dumbbell-shaped test pieces were produced from various resins, including both virgin grades with and without antioxidant additives, as well as recycled high-density polyethylene (HDPE). Throughout the experiment, test specimens were removed from the WOM at regular intervals of 2000 h and analysed for molecular weight, carbonyl index, additive content, and morphological changes. The results indicated the effectiveness of antioxidants and UV stabilisers in protecting polyolefins from significant degradation. In contrast, polyolefins with limited or no UV stabilisers and antioxidants exhibited severe degradation. The PP materials were found to degrade more rapidly than their PE counterparts. Among the virgin PE grades, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) experienced a higher rate of degradation than HDPE. Interestingly, HDPE with an adequate concentration of UV and antioxidant additives showed no signs of deterioration over the test period of 10,000 h. Notably, recycled HDPE containing antioxidant additives degraded more quickly than additive-free HDPE, possibly due to pre-existing free radicals in the recycled material. Oxidative degradation was characterised by a pronounced decline in molecular weight and a marked increase in carbonyl functionalities. Surface deterioration, especially the development of microcracks, was a clear indicator of weathering. The PE samples with microcracks demonstrated a significant drop in impact strength, suggesting that such cracks serve as stress concentrators or notches. This finding highlights the direct relationship between microcrack formation and diminished impact performance. The mechanisms of crack propagation in PE and PP resins appeared to differ, likely reflecting differences in their crystalline morphologies.

Lakeside park; the catchment claiming landfill areas back. MORE HERE

 Kamilaroi Park, Bayview - from the road - rain runoff drains straight into the Pittwater estuary at the bottom of this hill

Plastic grass installed in Avalon's Dunbar park where the creek floods during rain events - this wasn't listed as a product to be used in the Avalon Place Plan- residents were not consulted on whether they wanted this product in Pittwater. This area, where the Avalon Guide Hall once was, had been slated as a picnic table area under Pittwater Council

A plastic walkway has been installed in Warriewood Wetlands, again without consultation - once put into a marine/flood environment it becomes a pollutant, poisoning everything with microplastics - this product begins shedding pollutants as it is being installed.


at Newport Beach November 2022, a year and a half on from installation, this  softfall/microcrumb area has holes in it

Summer BirdFest 2026: Play antics of New Locals

The fledglings from this years 'newbies' have begun turning up in local yards and trees as they learn to fly and feed, as taught by their parents - and even which branches in trees to land on so they don't slide down onto the trunk!

This family of galahs, where mum and dad have had two girls and one boy this Season, showed up in mid-January with the little boy grabbing a Norfolk Pine frond in his beak and waving at one of his sisters - who didn't seem that interested in either waving it around too, or playing tug-of-war - so he dropped it. He was also then seen peering down the umbrella hole in the outdoor table - clearly something of interest down there.

Check out this Norfolk Pine frond - Do you want to play?:

I spy, with my galah eye, something beginning with....:

Mumma galah patiently watching her youngsters - note the colour of her eyes:

Witnessing young local wildlife playing is a great reminder of the other residents of Pittwater and that these other family units, and their individual members, all have personalities and a propensity for play, for living each other - as seen in the numerous sulphur-crested cockatoo 'tribes' that get around together and groom each other or even call warnings to each other when a sea eagle flies overhead.

It's a great time for birdwatching with all these kinds of bird families and family groups out and about - teaching young ones which are the food trees and where drinking water may be found, and seeing their children playing with each other.

BirdLife Australia states:

'Galahs form permanent pair bonds, although a bird will take a new partner if the other one dies. The nest is a tree hollow or similar location, lined with leaves. Both sexes incubate the eggs and care for the young.

There is high chick mortality in Galahs, with up to 50% of chicks dying in the first six months. Galahs have been recorded breeding with other members of the cockatoo family, both in the wild and captivity. These include the Sulphur-crested Cockatoo, C. galerita.

Breeding season is from February – July, in the north and from July – December, in the south.'

Female Galahs are easily distinguished from males by their distinct reddish-pink or light pink irises. In contrast, mature male Galahs have dark brown or blackish eyes. This colour difference is a reliable way to sex adult birds, though both sexes have dark brown eyes as juveniles. Females' eyes begin to lighten from brown to pink/red as they mature, typically around 6 months to 3 years old.

The term galah is derived from gilaa, a word found in Yuwaalaraay and neighbouring Aboriginal languages of southeast Australia. First Known Use: 1862. 

Galahs are about 35 cm (14 in) long and weigh 270–350 g. They have a pale grey to mid-grey back, a pale grey rump, a pink face and chest, and a light pink mobile crest. Juveniles have greyish chests, crowns, and crests.

Juvenile plumage changes as they mature

Little Corella juvenile pair:

Both Galahs (Eolophus roseicapilla) and Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua galerita)are known for their highly social, intelligent, and, above all, playful nature, which is central to their behaviour in the wild. Often seen in large, noisy flocks, these birds engage in frequent, acrobatic antics that have earned them a reputation as "clowns" of the Australian bush. 

Key aspects of their playful and natural behaviour include:

  • Acrobatic Play: Galahs and Cockatoos are known to hang upside down from branches, slide down wires, and perform complex aerial manoeuvres.
  • "Playing the Fool": They often exhibit behaviours described as chaotic or mischievous, such as tumbling and wrestling with each other on the ground or, during windy conditions, playing in the branches.
  • Social Interaction: As deeply social birds, they use these games to strengthen bonds within their flock, which can consist of hundreds or even thousands of individuals.
  • Foraging and Foraging-related Play: They spend much of their time on the ground foraging for food, but also use their beaks to strip bark and leaves, which is believed to be a form of entertainment in addition to foraging.
  • Lifelong Bonds: Both Cockattos and Galahs form lifelong, monogamous pairs and often perform synchronised movements and affectionate behaviours together. Additionally, flocks form a family and have been witnessed mourning a bird that has been killed. A flock usually stays in the same area year round.
  • Intelligence: Their playful, curious, and often noisy nature is a sign of their high intelligence. 

The 'galah' name has even entered the Australian vernacular as a term for a "silly person" or a "clown," directly referencing these clownish and chaotic antics. 

Other unusual sightings of bird bubs and others movements across Pittwater and the peninsula and surrounds, per Eremaea Birdlines (Interesting and unusual bird observations) BirdLife Australia - include:

  • Streaked Shearwater at Long Reef Aquatic ReserveHighlight of a three and a half hour seawatch from Long Reef this morning was a Streaked Shearwater heading south with the large numbers of Wedge-tailed and Short-tailed Shearwaters,also a few Flesh-footed Shearwaters headlng south as well. - Michael Ronan 26/1/2026
  • Glossy Black Cockatoo at Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park-Apple Tree BayAmazing count of 11 flew out of casuarinas ahead of us as we kayaked down the "north" side of Cowan Creek. They flew across the creek then headed downstream at height, all in quite close formation. Seen and heard well, their call being quite unmistakable. No camera with me in the kayak unfortunately. eBird checklist - Cameron Ward 15/1/2026
  • Buff-banded Rail at Scotland IslandAdult and chick in yard of house not far from Tennis Court Wharf. - Ted Nxon 19/1/2026
  • Glossy Black Cockatoos at Manly Warringah War Memorial Park--Incl Manly DamThree cockatoos. Looks like one is a juvenile. This is the second time we have seen this group in the last couple of weeks. - Ben Wicks 5/1/2026
  • Red Knot, Tawny Grassbird at Long Reef Aquatic ReserveRed Knot feeding on the edge of the sandspit with the smaller waders a bit after low tide (approx 2:30pm) but was flushed to the far end by some non-birders and did not come back to the sandspit. Tawny Grassbird was first heard singing and then seen skulking in scruffy shrubs just up the hill from the access track before it starts climbing. - Tom Wilson 1/1/2026

We were also very fortunate to play host to a family of Blue-faced honeyeaters in the PON yard this Summer - details below.

Tawny Grassbird, Megalurus timoriensis. Photo: Aviceda

Buff-banded Rail (Gallirallus philippensis), the mum, in Careel Creek

The dad. 

Cockatoo social contact takes the form of grooming: gently touching and cleaning the feathers of other cockatoos of the group:

Cockie yelling!:

Rainbow lorikeets have had around 1-3 bubs this year in the PON yard tree hollows - there have been around 9-11 juveniles seen in recent weeks:

Blue-faced honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater

On the morning of Friday January 30 2026 these two fledglings and their parents were spotted bathing and drinking then drying off in the PON yard at Careel Bay.

Marita Macrae of the Pittwater Natural Heritage Association (PNHA) who has hosted many Bird Walks in Pittwater for decades, stated that it’s very unusual to see those birds here, and breeding too!, but not the first time though.

Blue-faced honeyeater (Entomyzon cyanotis), juvenile/fledgling pair in PON yard, Jan. 30 2026 - they're wet as they just had a bath/drink in one of the 4 birdbaths in the PON yard - each at a compass point and at least 1 under shade as sun shifts during the day. They are calling for food from parents birds it would seem.

The Blue-faced honeyeater (Entomyzon cyanotis), also colloquially known as the banana-bird, is a passerine bird of the honeyeater family, Meliphagidae. It is the only member of its genus, and it is most closely related to honeyeaters of the genus Melithreptus. 

The Blue-faced Honeyeater is a large black, white and golden olive-green honeyeater with striking blue skin around the yellow to white eye. The crown, face and neck are black, with a narrow white band across the back of the neck. The upperparts and wings are a golden olive green, and the underparts are white, with a grey-black throat and upper breast. The blue facial skin is two-toned, with the lower half a brilliant cobalt blue. Juvenile birds are similar to the adults but the facial skin is yellow-green and the bib is a lighter grey. This honeyeater is noisy and gregarious, and is usually seen in pairs or small flocks. It is known as the Banana-bird in tropical areas, for its habit of feeding on banana fruit and flowers.

Three subspecies are recognised.:

  • E. c. albipennis was described by John Gould in 1841 and is found in north Queensland, west through the Gulf of Carpentaria, in the Top End of the Northern Territory, and across into the Kimberley region of Western Australia. It has white on the wings and a discontinuous stripe on the nape. The wing-patch is pure white in the western part of its range, and is more cream towards the east. It has a longer bill and shorter tail than the nominate race. The blue-faced honeyeater also decreases in size with decreasing latitude, consistent with Bergmann's rule. Molecular work supports the current classification of this subspecies as distinct from the nominate subspecies cyanotis.
  • E. c. cyanotis, the nominate form, is found from Cape York Peninsula south through Queensland and New South Wales, into the Riverina region, Victoria, and southeastern South Australia.
  • E. c. griseigularis is found in southwestern New Guinea and Cape York, and was described in 1909 by Dutch naturalist Eduard van Oort. It is much smaller than the other subspecies. The original name for this subspecies was harteri, but the type specimen, collected in Cooktown, was found to be an intergrade form. The new type was collected from Merauke. This subspecies intergrades with cyanotis at the base of the Cape York Peninsula, and the zone of intermediate forms is narrow. The white wing-patch is larger than that of cyanotis and smaller than that of albipennis. Only one bird (from Cape York) of this subspecies was sampled in a molecular study, and it was shown to be genetically close to cyanotis.

Adult bird of Subspecies cyanotis feeding, south-eastern Australia, feeding. Photo: Benjamin444

The Blue-faced Honeyeater is found in tropical, sub-tropical and wetter temperate or semi-arid zones. It is mostly found in open forests and woodlands close to water, as well as monsoon forests, mangroves and coastal heathlands. It is often seen in banana plantations, orchards, farm lands and in urban parks, gardens and golf courses.

The Blue-faced Honeyeater is found in northern and eastern mainland Australia, from the Kimberley region, Western Australia to near Adelaide, South Australia, being more common in the north of its range. They are considered sedentary in the north of its range, and locally nomadic in the south. It is not found in central southern New South Wales or eastern Victoria now. This species is also found in Papua New Guinea.

Around Wellington in central New South Wales, birds were once recorded over Winter months, and were more common in autumn around the Talbragar River. Birds were present all year round near Inverell in northern New South Wales, but noted to be flying eastwards from January to May, and westwards in June and July.

The Blue-faced Honeyeater feeds mostly on insects and other invertebrates, but also eats nectar and fruit from native and exotic plants. It forages in pairs or noisy flocks of up to seven birds (occasionally many more) on the bark and limbs of trees, as well as on flowers and foliage. These flocks tend to exclude other birds from the feeding area, but they do feed in association with other species such as Yellow-throated Miners and Little Friarbirds.

In late November- early December 2025 we began hearing an unusual call from the Norfolk Pine next door. Having heard a pair of Australasian Figbirds (Sphecotheres vieilloti) that return each Spring to nest ion that same tree, at first it was thought these had returned as we heard them calling each other in early November from the tree and across the perimeter of the Careel Bay Playing fields. However, soon after they arrived again, the male was found killed near the road alongside the Careel Bay dog park. The pair did not breed here this year - we're not sure what happened to his female mate. 

Each Spring this pair of Australasian Figbirds(Sphecotheres vieilloti) returned to build a nest and make babies in the Norfolk pine alongside us. There is food in our garden for them and no cats, at least none that can get that high up.


Females have grey skin around the eye and lack distinctive head markings. They are brown-green above and dull-white below, streaked with brown. Both sexes have a blackish bill. 

Then we began hearing another pair of parents call across the yard and park trees, a bird call we hadn't heard before, and realise now it must have been the blue-faced honeyeater pair.

The Blue-faced honeyeater's call is a repeated, penetrating 'woik'; 'weet weet weet' at daybreak; also squeaks uttered during flight and softer 'hwit hwit' calls. Others who have heard them liken their calls to Miner birds songs.

The Blue-faced Honeyeater is one of the first birds heard calling in the morning, often calling 30 minutes before sunrise, although here it is joined by the magpie family that nests in the same tree.

Their nest was dislodged from that tree over the weekend of January 17-19, when hard winds accompanied the rain storms, and blew into the yard. 

Fortunately, the fledglings were strong enough to fly.

Most nests are made on the abandoned nests of Grey-crowned Babblers, Noisy, Silver-crowned and Little Friarbirds, Noisy Miner, Red Wattlebird, Australian Magpie, Magpie-Lark and, rarely, butcherbirds or the Chestnut-crowned Babbler. Sometimes the nests are not modified, but often they are added to and relined. If a new nest is built, it is a neat round cup of rough bark, linked with finer bark and grass.

Birding forums from the past 3 years state Blue-faced Honeyeaters (Entomyzon cyanotis) are increasingly sighted in the Sydney region, particularly in Western Sydney, the Barrenjoey peninsula, and near Hawkesbury, often in residential areas with flowering trees. While traditionally found further north, they are now resident in suburban Sydney, favouring areas like Ermington, Richmond, and Nurragingy Reserve - and clearly Palm Beach and Careel Bay this year - and a first for us!

Wildlife Dies in Extreme Heat: Please put water out

A 2022 CSIRO Study found heatwaves linked to climate change have already led to mass deaths of birds and other wildlife. 

With the BOM continuing to record record levels of heat in inland areas this past week, 49 °C at Marree and Roxby Downs, with 48 °C and 47 °C quite common elsewhere, placing shallow dishes of water at ground level in the shade will help lizards and nocturnal wildlife such  as bandicoots, wallabies and possums have a drink while birdbaths will help owls and daytime birds get a drink and cool off.

That 2022 CSIRO report:

‘Sad and distressing’: massive numbers of bird deaths in Australian heatwaves reveal a profound loss is looming

Janet GardnerCSIRO and Suzanne ProberCSIRO

This article contains images that some readers may find upsetting.

Heatwaves linked to climate change have already led to mass deaths of birds and other wildlife around the world. To stem the loss of biodiversity as the climate warms, we need to better understand how birds respond.

Our new study set out to fill this knowledge gap by examining Australian birds. Alarmingly, we found birds at our study sites died at a rate three times greater during a very hot summer compared to a mild summer.

And the news gets worse. Under a pessimistic emissions scenario, just 11% of birds at the sites would survive.

The findings have profound implications for our bird life in a warming world – and underscore the urgent need to both reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and help animals find cool places to shelter.

Feeling the heat

The study examined native birds in two parts of semi-arid New South Wales: Weddin Mountains National Park near Grenfell and Charcoal Tank Nature Reserve near West Wyalong. At both locations, citizen scientists have been catching, marking and releasing birds regularly since 1986.

This has produced data for 22,000 individual birds spanning 37 species. They include honeyeaters, thornbills, fairy-wrens, whistlers, treecreepers, finches and doves.

Data from the past 30-odd years showed cold winters led only to a relatively small drop in survival rates. But it was a far starker picture in summer.

During a mild summer with no days above 38°C, 86% of the birds survived. But in a hot summer with 30 days above 38°C, just 59% survived.

We then used these real-life findings to model future survival, to the end of the century, for birds at our study sites.

Worryingly, climate projections for the sites we studied show the number of days above 38°C will at least double by the end of the century (or the year 2104). Meanwhile, days below 0°C will disappear during this time.

These projections are broadly similar for all arid and semi-arid regions across Australia.

As winters warm, we predict bird survival in winter would increase slightly by the end of this century. But this would not offset the many more birds killed by extreme heat as summers warm.

But to what extent will populations decline? To answer this question, we considered an optimistic scenario of rapid emissions reduction – resulting in about 1°C warming compared to pre-industrial levels. Under this scenario, we predict annual survival will fall by one-third, from 63% to 43%.

Under a pessimistic scenario, involving very little emissions reduction and 3.7°C warming this century, the survival rate falls to a shocking 11%.

Other lab-based studies around the world have made similar projections for bird populations. But our projections are unusual because they’re based on actual survival rates in wild populations measured over decades.

What happens to birds in heatwaves?

Some birds do manage to survive extreme heat. We then wondered: how does a bird protect itself from soaring temperatures? And can its habitat offer life-saving shelter?

We addressed these questions in a complementary study led by zoologist Lynda Sharpe. It involved comparing the behaviour of individual birds on mild and hot days.

We chose as our subject the Jacky Winter, a small robin common across Australia. Between 2018 and 2021 we followed the fates of 40 breeding pairs living in semi-arid mallee woodland in South Australia. There, the annual number of days above 42°C has more than doubled over the past 25 years.

As heat escalated, Jacky Winters showed a broad range of behavioural responses. This included adjusting their posture, activity levels and habitat use to avoid gaining heat and to increase heat dissipation.

As air temperatures approached 35°C, birds moved to the top of the highest trees where greater wind speeds cooled their bodies. The birds also began to pant, which can lead to fatal dehydration.

Once air temperatures climbed above 40°C, exceeding the birds’ body temperature, they moved to the ground to shelter in tree-base hollows and crevices. They remained in these “thermal refuges” for as long as it took for air temperatures to drop to about 38°C – sometimes for up to eight hours. But this made foraging impossible and the birds lost body mass.

We then examined what parts of the birds’ habitat offered the coolest place to shelter on extremely hot days. Hollows in tree bases were significantly cooler than all other locations we measured. The best of these cool hollows were rare and found only in the largest eucalypt mallees.

Even with their flexible behaviour, the ability of Jacky Winters to survive heatwaves was finite – and apparently dependent on whether large trees were available. Some 29% percent of adults we studied disappeared (and were presumed dead) within 24 hours of air temperatures reaching a record-breaking 49°C in 2019.

Similarly, during two months of heatwaves in 2018, 20% of adults studied were lost, compared with only 6% in the two months prior.

Eggs and nestlings were even more susceptible to heat. All 41 egg clutches and 21 broods exposed to air temperatures above 42°C died.

We found it distressing to witness such losses among birds we had followed for months and years. And it was deeply sad to see the breeding failures after the parent birds had invested so much effort in caring for eggs and tending to young.

We need to act

Our studies show extremely high temperatures are already killing troubling numbers of birds in Australia’s arid and semi-arid regions. These regions comprise 70% of the Australian continent and 40% of the global landmass.

Such losses will only worsen as climate change escalates. This has profound implications for biodiversity in Australia and more broadly.

Obviously, humanity must urgently reduce greenhouse gas emissions to limit global warming. But we must also better manage our biodiversity as the climate changes.

Key to this is identifying and protecting thermal refuges such as tree hollows by, for example, managing fire to reduce the loss of large trees.


The authors wish to acknowledge our colleagues, especially Lynda Sharpe and Tim Bonnet, for their important contributions to the research upon which this article is based.The Conversation

Janet Gardner, Adjunct Research Scientist, CSIRO and Suzanne Prober, Senior Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A January 30 2026 insight:

We know how to cool our cities and towns. So why aren’t we doing it?

A/Prof. Elmira JameiVictoria University

This week, Victoria recorded its hottest day in nearly six years. On Tuesday, the northwest towns of Walpeup and Hopetoun reached 48.9°C, and the temperature in parts of Melbourne soared over 45°C. Towns in South Australia also broke heat records.

This heatwave is not an outlier. It is a warning shot.

These weather conditions rival the extreme heat seen in the lead-up to the 2019–20 Black Summer, and they point to a future in which days like this are no longer rare, but routine.

What makes this summer so confronting is not just how hot it has been, but this: Australia already knows how to cool cities, yet we are failing to do it. Why?

Urban heat is not inevitable

Cities heat up faster and stay hotter than surrounding areas because of how they are built. Dense development, dark road surfaces, limited shade, and buildings that trap heat and rely heavily on air-conditioning create the “urban heat island” effect.

This means cities absorb vast amounts of heat during the day and release it slowly at night, preventing the city from cooling down even after sunset. During heatwaves, this trapped heat accumulates day after day and pushes temperatures well beyond what people can safely tolerate.

Future urbanisation is expected to amplify projected urban heat, irrespective of background climate conditions. Global climate change is making the urban heat island effect worse, but much of the heat we experience in cities has been built in through decades of planning and design choices.

Several air conditioner units and a transmission line, with a red arrow pointing upwards in the background.
Hot cities are not only a result of climate change, they are also a failure of urban planning. zpagistock/Getty

Heat is a health and equity crisis

Heatwaves already kill more than 1,100 Australians each year, more than any other natural hazard. Extreme heat increases the risk of heart and respiratory disease, worsens chronic illness, disrupts sleep and overwhelms health services.

Poorly designed and inadequately insulated homes, particularly in rental and social housing can become heat traps. People on low incomes are least able to afford effective cooling, pushing many into energy debt or forcing them to endure dangerously high temperatures. Urban heat deepens existing inequalities. Those who contributed least to the problem often bear the greatest burden.

Australia has expertise, but not ambition

Here is the paradox. Australia is a major contributor to global research on urban heat. Australian researchers are developing national tools to measure and mitigate urban heat, and studies from cities such as Melbourne have quantified urban heat island intensity and investigated how urban design can influence heat stress.

Additionally, Australia already has the technologies to cool cities, from reflective coatings and heat-resilient pavements to advanced shading systems. Yet many of our cities remain dangerously hot. The issue isn’t a lack of solutions, but the failure to roll them out at scale.

Internationally, we are lagging behind countries where large-scale heat mitigation projects are already reducing urban temperatures, cutting energy demand and saving lives.

For example, Paris has adopted a city-wide strategy to create “cool islands”, transforming public spaces and schoolyards into shaded, cooler places that reduce heat stress during heatwaves.

In China, the Sponge City program, now implemented in cities such as Shenzhen and Wuhan, uses green infrastructure and water-sensitive design to cool urban areas and reduce heat stress.

A row of green trees stand in front of the Eiffel Tower, in the background.
Paris has a city-wide strategy to create cool zones by transforming public spaces into shaded environments. 42 North/UnsplashCC BY

Symbolic change can’t meet the challenge

Too often, urban heat policy stops at small, symbolic actions, a pocket park here, a tree-planting program there. These measures are important, but they are not sufficient for the scale of the challenge.

Greening cities is essential. Trees cool streets, improve thermal comfort and deliver multiple health and environmental benefits. But greenery has limits. If buildings remain poorly insulated, roads continue to absorb heat and cooling demand keeps rising, trees alone will not protect cities from extreme temperatures in the coming decades.

Urban heat is a complex systems problem. It emerges from how cities are built, and is largely shaped by construction materials, building codes, transport systems and planning decisions locked in over generations. Scientists know a great deal about how to reduce urban heat, but many responses remain piecemeal and intuitive rather than systemic.

Designing an uncomfortable future

Research suggests that even if global warming is limited to below 2°C, heatwaves in major Australian cities could approach 50°C by 2040. At those temperatures, emergency responses alone will not be enough. Beyond certain temperature thresholds, behaviour change, public warnings and cooling centres cannot fully protect people.

The choices we make now about buildings, streets, materials and energy systems will determine whether Australian cities become increasingly unliveable, or remain places where people can safely live, work and age.

The battle against urban heat will be won or lost through design, technology, innovation and political will. Cities need to deploy advanced cool materials across roofs, buildings and roads, in combination with nature-based solutions. This will only work if governments use incentives to reward heat-safe design. Heat must be planned for systematically, not treated as a cosmetic problem.

With leadership and a handful of well-designed, large-scale projects, Australia could shift from laggard to leader. We have the science. We have the industry. We have the solutions. The heat is here. The only real question is whether we act, or keep absorbing it.The Conversation

A/Prof. Elmira Jamei, Associate professor, Victoria University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

North Head visitor access Changes

Consultation period: 28 January 2026 to 27 February 2026

The National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback about proposed works at North Head in Sydney Harbour National Park.

North Head, located in Sydney Harbour National Park, features some of Sydney's newest and most spectacular lookouts, Burragula and Yiningma, as well as the popular heritage-listed Quarantine Station.

This project aims to:

  • improve bus stops and pedestrian access
  • improve public transport and pedestrian access to Quarantine Station
  • repair drainage and road infrastructure
  • investigate the most appropriate pedestrian access to North Head and links to destinations.

Scope and purpose of works

NPWS is planning to carry out the following works to improve visitor pedestrian safety, public transport connections, whole-of-headland links and stormwater management along North Head Scenic Drive:

  • construction of a 1.8m wide footpath on Scenic Drive, connecting to the existing footpath networks; the works will improve all-abilities access throughout the headland
  • relocation of the northbound Q Station bus stop away from the roundabout and to a new bus bay in a safer location nearby with upgrade of the southbound stop
  • upgrade of existing in-lane bus stops to bus bay near the North Fort Road and Scenic Drive intersection
  • construction of raised pedestrian crossings to provide better linkages into the North Head Sanctuary precincts and walking tracks
  • construction of kerb and gutter along footpath to improve stormwater drainage and treatment.

NPWS has identified several safety concerns, with visitors using the gravel shoulders of North Head Scenic Drive as a walking path out to the lookouts, creating the potential risk for a pedestrian–vehicle collision.

The works will also address the unsafe configuration of bus stops at the Q Station entrance to improve visitor safety and traffic safety and visibility through the intersection.

The proposed drainage works will alleviate ongoing maintenance of potholes and water pooling on the Scenic Drive, improving safety for cyclists and drivers.

We will carefully manage the project to ensure there are no impacts on threatened vegetation or wildlife species. This includes the eastern suburbs banksia scrub threatened ecological community, bandicoots and other small mammals. We have conducted rigorous environmental assessment of the proposed works with input from relevant specialists, in accordance with NSW planning legislation.

Native vegetation

By utilising the existing gravel road shoulder as much as possible, the proposed footpath design minimises impacts to existing vegetation. NPWS has engaged an ecologist to undertake investigations and inform the plans. Monitoring will also be conducted during the construction process.

Bandicoot habitat

A project ecologist will undertake targeted surveys ahead of construction and will monitor and advise to avoid impacting bandicoot nests. Improved drainage along Scenic Drive will control and filter run-off, preventing erosion of their habitat.

Concept plans released

In the initial planning stages, we conducted investigations and assessments (environmental, engineering, heritage and geotechnical) to inform the project, leading to the development of concept plans.

These are now available for download at North Head Scenic Drive concept plans (PDF 13.5MB).

Any feedback or questions can be submitted via the online form on the project webpage below or email to npws.sydneynorth@dcceew.nsw.gov.au .

The consultation will be open until 27 February 2026.

Have your say by 5pm on 27 February 2026.

You can provide feedback in 2 ways.

  1. Online: North Head visitor access improvements webpage
  2. Email:  npws.sydneynorth@environment.nsw.gov.au

Shelly Beach Echidna

Photos by Kevin Murray, taken late May 2023 who said, ''he/she was waddling across the road on the Shelly Beach headland, being harassed not so much by the bemused tourists, but by the Brush Turkeys who are plentiful there.''

Shelly Beach is located in Manly and forms part of Cabbage Tree Bay, a protected marine reserve which lies adjacent to North Head and Fairy Bower.

Oil-Gas Exploration in Southern Seas reopened by Albanese Government

The Australian Federal Government have reopened 2.5 million hectares of Victorian and Tasmanian waters for oil and gas exploration. This latest release includes 5 exploration titles, stretching across some of Australia's most ecologically and culturally significant waters.

Your voice can help make a difference.

Join Surfrider's (@surfrideraus) Save the Southern Sea campaign as we fight to protect the coastal communities and marine ecosystems of the Southern Ocean. 

Head to the link https://southernsea.givee.app/ to use their simple letter writing tool to make a submission, it's quick and easy to have your say.

Public consultation on the proposed exploration closes February 6th.

Thank you

Surfrider Australia

community invited to have a say on recreational opportunities In Great Koala National Park

On January 16 the NSW Government announced it is seeking community input to shape recreational opportunities in the proposed Great Koala National Park on the NSW Mid North Coast.

The Minns Labor Government is delivering on an election promise to create a Great Koala National Park, which will provide habitat for more than 100 threatened species, including more than 12,000 koalas and 36,000 greater gliders.

In addition to boosting conservation, the park will also create opportunities for better visitor experiences and recreation, boosting tourism and local economies.

An online survey is now open on the NSW Have Your Say website to seek feedback on current use of the State forests and reserves within the planned area of the park. We also want to hear from people who haven’t been to the region but might like to in the future.

The survey complements ongoing wider consultation with community groups who have so far provided more than 300 responses on what matters most to them when they visit these areas.

Input from 4WD clubs, mountain biking clubs, hiking/bushwalking and trail runners’ clubs, horse riding and trail riding clubs, archery and gun clubs, sporting car clubs, local government, environment groups and Aboriginal communities is already feeding into the planning for future management.

The overarching park will comprise individual reserves, which will enable a range of different recreational activities. While legislation determines what activities are permissible in each reserve category, we are looking to build the Great Koala National Park as a place where conservation is balanced with the community’s recreational needs.

The Have Your Say survey is open from 7am today until Sunday, 1 March and is available online: www.haveyoursay.nsw.gov.au/great-koala-national-park.

Acting Minister for the Environment, Steve Whan said:

“The Great Koala National Park will protect more than 100 threatened species, but it’s not just about conservation. The park will be a recreational hotspot for locals and visitors alike.

“We want to hear from people who use and relax in the footprint of the forests and surrounding landscapes that make up the park.”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism, Steve Kamper said:

“We want the Great Koala National Park to be at the top of the must-see list for visitors to NSW and Australia.

“This major eco-tourism hub and unique NSW experience will attract domestic and international visitors all year round, which is a key component of our new Visitor Economy Strategy, while boosting local economies and creating jobs.”

Minister for the North Coast, Janelle Saffin said:

“The Great Koala National Park is an election commitment, and we want the community right at the centre of shaping what it becomes. Locals know this landscape best, and their ideas will help create a park people feel real ownership of and want to use.

“Done well, this park will also be a major tourism drawcard – supporting local businesses, creating jobs and delivering long-term economic benefits for communities right across the North Coast.”

Royal National Park plan draft amendment: Have your say

National Parks and Wildlife Service is seeking feedback on the Royal and Heathcote national parks and Garawarra State Conservation Area plan draft amendment.

The draft amendment proposes changes to accommodation options for walkers using the Great Southern Walk and updates to reflect recent track realignments and additions to the parks.

The draft amendment includes:

  • a proposal to enable hard-roofed/hiker hut accommodation at Garawarra Farm and to remove it as a permissible activity at Garie Beach
  • updated maps to reflect track realignments and recent additions to the parks.

The draft amendment does not propose changes to the management of Heathcote National Park or Garawarra State Conservation Area.

The draft amendment for the Royal National Park, Heathcote National Park and Garawarra State Conservation Area Plan of Management is on public exhibition until 20 February 2026.

By making a submission on the draft plan, members of the community can have a say about the future management of these parks.

Submissions received on the draft plan will inform the preparation of a final plan for adoption under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974. Once adopted, the plan of management will direct how these parks will be managed.

Download the Draft document here

Have your say by 5pm on 20 February 2026. 

You can provide feedback in 3 ways.

  1. Online Have your say on the consultation website 
  2. Email: npws.parkplanning@environment.nsw.gov.au 
  3. Post: Address: Manager, National Parks and Wildlife Service Planning and Assessment, Locked Bag 5022, Parramatta NSW 2124

Ku-ring-gai Council fined for water pollution incident from Legacy Landfill beneath North Turramurra Golf Course

December 10, 2025

Ku-ring-gai Council has been issued a $30,000 Penalty Infringement Notice after a leachate leak from a legacy landfill beneath the North Turramurra Golf Course in July 2025. 

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) was made aware of the incident on 10 July, when council reported that a pump used to manage leachate from the old landfill failed allowing contaminated water to enter a nearby unnamed creek.

EPA Executive Director Operations Steve Beaman said Council was fortunate the incident didn’t escalate further.

“The risk here for the surrounding environment was very high and real as the creek flows towards Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park,” Mr Beaman said.

“When our officers collected water samples from the creek, they found the slow flow of the leak meant polluted water was contained to around a 30-metre stretch of creek, so fortunately pollution did not reach the Park. 

“We expect all our licensees to maintain equipment and infrastructure properly to avoid incidents like this, and allowing a pump to leak into a waterway is not acceptable.”

Leachate is wastewater generated by landfills and when it enters a waterway, it carries pollutants like ammonia that reduce oxygen levels and can harm aquatic life.

When council reported the leak, EPA officers attended the site and issued clean up directions requiring council to stop the leak and clean up the creek. Council installed a replacement pump to stop the discharge.

Following the clean up, the EPA issued a Prevention Notice requiring Council to investigate and strengthen leachate management at the site. The EPA has received a report from Council with recommendations for the site and is considering the report.

Photo: Pollution incident into unnamed Creek which led to fine for Ku-ring-gai Council.Credit: NSW EPA

DNA breakthrough for elusive Rufous Scrub-bird in NSW

January 5, 2026

A ground-breaking collaboration between the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) and Australian National University (ANU) has successfully captured and collected DNA from one of Australia’s most elusive birds - the endangered Rufous Scrub-bird.

Found only in isolated pockets of montane rainforest in subtropical NSW and south-east Queensland, the Rufous Scrub-bird is notoriously difficult to locate.

However, in August 2025, a dedicated team led by ANU and supported by DCCEEW staff managed to capture not one but three individuals in just two days across Werrikimbe, Oxley Wild Rivers, and Barrington Tops National Parks.

The high-quality DNA samples will unlock the species’ genetic blueprint, a crucial first step for scientists in assessing population genetics and informing future conservation action.

This work will also enable extraction of useful DNA from older museum specimens, deepening the knowledge of this rare bird’s history and resilience.

DCCEEW provided $35,000 funding for the project which is part of the Saving our Species program.

Completing the genetic assessment will require additional samples from other populations, but this milestone marks significant progress for the recovery team.

DCCEEW Senior Threatened Species Officer Brian Hawkins said:

"This is a major step forward for Rufous Scrub-bird conservation. These birds are rarely seen and extremely difficult to trap, so obtaining DNA samples is a remarkable achievement.

"Sequencing the genome will help us understand the population structure of the species, which is vital for its long-term conservation.

"We’re proud to work with ANU and other partners to deliver this important research under the Saving our Species program.”

ANU Researcher, Dr Dejan Stojanovic said:

“Rufous Scrub-birds are endangered and their incredibly secretive lifestyle means we know so little about them.

“Capturing three of these birds is a huge breakthrough because it shows us that our methods work and gives a starting point for improved conservation of the species.

“Collaboration, creativity and persistence are the key to working on rufous scrub birds - we hope that this new genetic information will help us understand the species’ needs and what we need to do to help them.”

Rufous scrub-bird. Credit: Elsie Percival/DCCEEW

Australian Government pilots national solar panel recycling program

January 16 2026: Release by
The Hon Dr Jim Chalmers MP, Treasurer 
The Hon Chris Bowen MP, Minister for Climate Change and Energy 
Senator The Hon Murray Watt, Minister for the Environment and Water

The Australian Government will pilot a national solar panel recycling program to reduce landfill, increase availability of valuable minerals and help drive the transformation to cleaner and cheaper energy.

This will mean less waste and more access to valuable metals, the government states.

The government has stated it will invest $24.7 million over three years to deliver a national pilot for recycling solar panels and establish up to 100 pilot collection sites nationwide.

'The need for this program is highlighted in a report from the Productivity Commission into circularity in Australia’s economy which has been released today and specifically recommends the establishment of a solar panel recycling scheme.'

The PC’s report found there was scope to boost Australia’s circular economy through better coordination, regulatory design and innovation - especially for high value, high risk waste streams like solar panels.

Australia leads the world in rooftop solar uptake, with more than one in three Australian homes now having solar panels installed.

Those panels contain valuable material and strategic minerals that can support the renewable energy transition, such as copper, silver and aluminium.

The program we’re piloting is all about building a sustainable and effective national solution to recycling end-of-life solar panels into the future.  

Only 17 per cent of solar panels are currently recycled, and increasing this could unlock up to $7.3 billion in benefits through reduced waste and reuse of materials.

The Government will consider the findings of the PC inquiry, and work with states and territories to improve sustainable solutions.

Treasurer, Jim Chalmers stated:

“Recycling solar panels and reusing the essential components will reduce costs and make our economy more productive and efficient.

“This means less waste and more access to valuable metals.

“Recycling solar panels and reusing our critical resources is an important part of the energy transformation and that’s what this is all about.”

Minister for Climate Change and Energy, Chris Bowen stated:

“Aussie households have embraced cleaner, cheaper solar energy, with one in three of us now benefitting from solar panels on our roofs.

“This pilot is an important step in ensuring we get the most out of our energy transition. Not only do solar panels create renewable energy – now they’ll be renewable themselves.

“By turning old solar panels into valuable resources, this scheme will create more local jobs, and power a future made in Australia, enticing greater investment in our booming solar industry.”

Minister for the Environment and Water, Murray Watt said:

“Only a small percentage of end-of-life solar panels are currently recovered for recycling with most panels are either stockpiled, dumped in landfill or exported for reuse.

“But we think solar panels are made up of materials that are too valuable to throw out.

“These materials can be repurposed to support the clean energy transition and help reduce what we send to landfill, improving out natural environment.”

Australia’s circular economy: unlocking the opportunities

Inquiry report

Released 16 / 01 / 2026

In this inquiry, the Productivity Commission (PC) examined Australia’s opportunities in the circular economy to improve materials productivity and efficiency in ways that benefit the economy and the environment. 

Our inquiry report identifies priority circular economy opportunities and advises on how best to measure progress and address barriers.

In undertaking the inquiry, the PC aimed to both contribute to the evidence base for policymaking about Australia’s circular economy transition and to provide practical policy advice for Australian governments.

The report was tabled in Parliament on 23 January 2026.

Download a copy of the report

$60,000 penalty to Forestry Corp NSW for Mogo State Forest water pollution: EPA

January 20, 2026

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) has issued two penalty notices totalling $60,000 to Forestry Corp NSW in response to continuing concerns about water pollution in Mogo State Forest.

In February 2025, EPA officers commenced a series of inspections at a crossing on Dooga Creek in Mogo State Forest used to move machinery between the eastern and western sides of a logging compartment within the forest.  

The inspections revealed that the crossing was not constructed in accordance with established best practice and sediment eroded from the crossing has moved into the Creek. 

NSW EPA Director of Operations Greg Sheehy said that despite being issued with a clean-up notice requiring improvements to be made, FCNSW has not completed this work and there is an ongoing risk to water quality and aquatic habitat. 

“The crossing concerned is located in a designated Environmentally Significant Area and Dooga Creek supports important freshwater and coastal habitats,” Mr Sheehy said. 

“While EPA inspections to date show the spread of sediment into the creek is limited, the ongoing failure to comply with the clean-up notice presents a clear and foreseeable risk of pollution as the crossing is progressively degraded. 

“We expect FCNSW to implement and maintain the required erosion and sediment controls and will continue to monitor activities in Mogo State Forest until all practicable steps have been taken to prevent pollution of waters in this environmentally sensitive area.”

In addition to the penalty notices, the EPA has also issued an official caution for a further alleged failure to comply with a Clean‑Up Notice.

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Where did southern Australia’s record-breaking heatwave come from?

Kevin Chen/PexelsCC BY-NC-ND
Steve TurtonCQUniversity Australia

Millions of people in southeastern Australia are sweating through a record-breaking heatwave. The heat this week is likely to be one for the history books. The heat began on Saturday January 24th. On Australia Day, three sites in South Australia and two in New South Wales broke their all-time temperature records. Ceduna reached a whopping 49.5°C in the shade – just 1.2°C off the highest temperature ever recorded in Australia.

Today, temperatures have topped 49°C in northwest Victoria and South Australia for the first time on record, and many towns face days of heat over 40°C. Regions such as the Otway Ranges in Victoria are facing extreme fire danger. Renmark in South Australia has reached 49.3°C and Walpeup in Victoria has reached 48.7°C.

This is shaping up as the worst heatwave since the Black Summer of 2019-20. The intense heat that summer contributed to catastrophic bushfires which burnt 21% of the continent’s forests, an area still considered globally unprecedented.

Independent analysis found the last heatwave between January 5 to 10 was made over five times more likely by global heating. This current heatwave is substantially worse, but we’ll have to wait for attribution studies to understand how much global heating has contributed to its overall severity.

The sustained heat hitting the southeast will be widespread and prolonged. It’s likely more all-time temperature records will be broken this week, as the body of hot air stagnates over the south and southeast. People in exposed areas should heed warnings from the Bureau of Meteorology and advice from health and emergency response authorities.

What’s driving this heatwave?

The Pilbara region in northwest Western Australia is sometimes called the nation’s “heat engine”. This large, sparsely populated area is very dry. When heat hits Pilbara rocks and sands, it can quickly build up. Weather conditions are very stable, and Pilbara heatwaves can last weeks.

But that doesn’t explain how the heat gets to population centres in Australia’s south and southeast.

Over summer, there are often active monsoonal troughs (areas of low atmospheric pressure) over northern Australia. As the monsoon brings heavy rain and low pressure systems to parts of northern Australia, it pushes high pressure systems, known as heat domes, further south. This directs intense heat thousands of kilometres towards the southern, central and eastern parts of the continent.

Tropical monsoonal low-pressure systems in the north often work in tandem with slow-moving high pressure systems in the Tasman Sea or Great Australian Bight. The result is a weather pattern able to shift hot air masses thousands of kilometres to reach the southern states.

Map of the heatwave affecting south east Australia in January 2026
Predicted temperature around 5pm at 2m above sea level from January 27 to January 31, 2026. NOAA Visualisation Lab

Blocking highs are strong high pressure systems which can sit in place for days or even weeks, blocking other weather systems from moving in. The blocking high pressure system responsible for the current heatwave is staying put in the atmosphere a few kilometres above New South Wales.

As winds blow from areas of high pressure to low pressure in the atmosphere, air is forced to flow down towards the surface. As the air descends, it compresses due to rising atmospheric pressure. Compression heats the air further, which can make heatwaves hotter and longer-lasting.

When conditions like this are in place, hot northerly winds often persist for days, funnelling more and more desert heat towards the coasts. This can cause temperatures to exceed 40°C in states such as South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales and southern Queensland.

During this extreme heatwave, maximum temperatures in some southern towns are approaching 50°C – the sort of temperature once restricted to famously hot towns such as Marble Bar in Western Australia.

The official Australian record for the maximum temperature in the shade is 50.7°C, recorded at Oodnadatta (South Australia) in 1960 and Onslow (Western Australia) in 2022. This shared all-time record may be broken at several southeast inland locations this week as atmospheric conditions are amplified by the steady drumbeat of global heating.

During severe, prolonged heatwaves, intense daytime heat is accompanied by hot nights. The humidity can sometimes also increase due to tropical moisture being transported south. The combination of heat and humidity (measured as heat indices) is particularly dangerous to humans, livestock and wildlife.

Should this heatwave be named?

For decades, tropical cyclones hitting Australia have been given names. Should heatwaves similarly be given names to encourage people to take them seriously? Names can make weather hazards more memorable, helping people recall warnings, share information with neighbours and prepare more effectively.

This week’s heatwave would be an excellent candidate for naming. It is severe, breaking all-time records, long-lasting and widespread. It is also threatening major metropolitan centres with high populations, as well as major regional centres and nationally important agricultural districts. To date, there’s no sign authorities plan to name it.

Responding to future heatwaves

Climate scientists now widely agree average global temperatures will permanently rise 1.5°C over pre-industrial levels by the early 2030s. They may reach 2.7°C by the 2090s if global carbon emissions do not fall sharply.

This means future heatwaves are likely to strike more often and hit harder when they arrive.

We need to adapt to the increasing threats posed by more and worse heatwaves even as we work to cut emissions. Extreme heat is a public health issue, to say nothing of the threats it poses to our wildlife and livestock who have no escape.

Correction: this article originally stated 21% of Australia burned over the Black Summer. It has been corrected as it was 21% of forested areas.The Conversation

Steve Turton, Adjunct Professor of Environmental Geography, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Anatomy of a heatwave: how a cyclone, humid air and atmospheric waves drove brutal heat in the southeast

Andrew Merry/Getty
Tess ParkerCSIRO and Michael BarnesMonash University

Australia has always had heatwaves. But this week’s heatwave in southeastern Australia is something else. Temperatures in some inland towns in South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria were up to 20°C above average for the time of year, which meteorologists described as “incredibly abnormal”. Victoria’s heat record toppled after Walpeup and Hopetoun hit 48.9°C. The heat is set to continue until Saturday in some areas.

As global temperatures inch upwards, summer heatwaves form against a background of higher temperatures. Heatwaves (commonly defined as three or more days of unusual heat) and extreme heat (shorter periods of intense heat) are becoming more common and more intense.

Heatwaves kill more Australians than all other natural hazards combined. In the four years to 2019, more than 1,000 people died due to heatwaves.

Heatwaves emerge from atmospheric processes which largely take place in the upper atmosphere, around 5–10 kilometres above sea level. Perhaps counterintuitively, the southeast’s record-breaking heatwave is linked to masses of moisture-laden air in Western Australia and a tropical cyclone off the northwest coast.

That’s not all. Slow-moving high pressure systems in the southeast and the southern drought have likely also made this heatwave worse. Heatwaves are complex. As Australia gets hotter, understanding these dangerous phenomena is essential.

Meanders in the jetstream

Our research has shown heatwaves hitting Australia’s southeast have a clear link to the atmospheric phenomenon known as Rossby waves. These waves manifest as disturbances in the narrow, fast-flowing jetstream that flows from west to east in the atmosphere kilometres above the surface. The waves play a major role in the weather in the southern half of Australia.

As the jetstream wobbles, it pushes aside winds to the north and south to form regions of alternating high and low pressure. As the undulations grow and deepen, they amplify the weather we experience on the ground.

Air inside a high-pressure system (or ridge) descends towards the surface and is compressed by the increasing atmospheric pressure, heating it. The end result is higher temperatures near the ground. The slower these systems move, the more delayed the welcome cool change from a summertime cold front. If these systems move slowly enough, they can turn one hot day into several, or even a heatwave.

What makes these systems bigger or slower moving?

Several things can intensify or slow down these high pressure systems.

The first is tied to Rossby waves. Cold fronts form on the western edge of high pressure systems embedded in the atmospheric wave. Moist air flows along the cold front, moving humid air polewards and upwards between the two systems. This is known as a warm conveyor belt.

Processes within the conveyor belt of warm, moist air can make high pressure ridges even stronger and more likely to persist.

gif of weather systems associated with late January southeast heatwave.
The origins of this week’s heatwave are high in the atmosphere. ECMWF Integrated Forecasting SystemCC BY-NC-ND

This week’s heatwave was given an extra boost by Tropical Cyclone Luana, which made landfall on January 24 over the northwest coast near Derby. Luana moved inland and added even more moisture to the warm conveyor belt, bringing some rain to the Nullarbor.

Luana may have influenced the southeastern heatwave in a second way. Anticyclonic outflows from cyclones higher in the atmosphere can disturb the jet stream, amplifying the Rossby waves and strengthening the upper-level ridge, potentially lengthening the heatwave.

2009 redux?

There are clear similarities between this week’s heat and the intense, long-lasting heatwave starting in late January 2009. That heatwave broke records across the southeast of Australia and paved the way for Victoria’s devastating bushfires on February 7, now known as Black Saturday.

figure showing weather patterns during 2009 heatwave in southeastern Australia.
The 2009 heatwave has strong parallels with the current heatwave, such as a cyclone, Rossby waves and the warm conveyor belt. ECMWF Integrated Forecasting SystemCC BY-NC-ND

Both heatwaves are linked to a large-amplitude Rossby wave moving across the continent, with a persistent slow-moving high pressure ridge situated over the southeast. Both took place as a tropical cyclone hit the northwest and both have active moist airstreams intensifying the ridge.

These cyclone-heatwave events are known as compound events, where several types of extreme weather overlap in time, space or both, and can act to intensify each other. In both 2009 and 2026, ongoing drought might have been yet another compounding factor.

In 2009, southern Australia was still in the grip of the 1996-2010 Millennium Drought, which made the heatwave worse. That’s because when soil is moist, extra heat evaporates moisture in the soil first, slowing heating of the air. But if heat hits dry soil, it quickly boosts air temperatures.

Swathes of southern Australia have had periods of drought for several years. This may have intensified the current heatwave.

What’s next?

Heatwaves are often well forecast using current weather prediction models.

At least a week before the heatwave began, forecasts clearly showed extreme, prolonged heat was likely. The main culprits were visible on the charts: Rossby waves, the warm conveyor belt, the tropical cyclone and the high pressure ridge.

As people in inland towns prepare for more days over 40°C, many will wonder what the future holds.

What we know is that a hotter climate will mean heatwaves hit more often, more intensely and last longer. It will also make extremely hot days more likely. But some of these processes – particularly around how moisture and tropical cyclones affect heatwaves – are less well understood and modelled in climate projections.

In extreme weather, the details are critical. As we grapple with unprecedented heat, there’s much work to do to increase our understanding of extreme heat in the 21st century.The Conversation

Tess Parker, Research Scientist in Climate Variability and Hazards, CSIRO and Michael Barnes, Research Fellow, ARC Centre of Excellence for Weather of the 21st Century, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fossil fuels are doomed – and Trump can’t save them

Wesley MorganUNSW Sydney

The past three years have been the world’s hottest on record. In 2025, Earth was 1.44°C warmer than the long-term average, perilously close to breaching the Paris Agreement goal of 1.5°C.

This warming is fuelling Australia’s current record-breaking heatwave. Other consequences are visible globally, from Iran’s crippling drought to catastrophic wildfires and unprecedented floods in the United States to deadly cyclones hitting southern Asia.

We know what to do to tackle the climate crisis: replace fossil fuels with clean energy technologies such as solar, wind, electric vehicles and batteries. We are well on our way. Globally, the power produced by renewables overtook coal last year.

Petrostates such as Saudi Arabia and the US have made trillions from oil and gas. Now they are fighting a rearguard action to prolong fossil fuels. The US is pushing European nations to buy its gas, for instance.

But most countries have seen the writing on the wall. In November, the COP31 climate talks in Turkey are expected to deliver a global roadmap away from fossil fuels. Dozens of countries will meet in Colombia in April to fast-track the transition. The road ahead is bumpy. But the end of fossil fuels may finally be coming into view.

No holding back clean energy

There’s no one trying harder to slow the clean energy transition than US president Donald Trump. During his bid to return to the White House, Trump pressed oil executives for US$1 billion (A$1.4 bn) in campaign finance, promising a windfall in return.

In 2025, he increased subsidies for fossil fuel producers, weakened environmental laws, gutted Biden-era support for clean energy and moved to block clean energy projects, even some near completion. The US is now one of the world’s biggest exporters of liquefied natural gas (LNG) and oil.

But clean energy growth has proved difficult to kill. Despite Trump’s efforts, domestic solar generation is still expected to grow 46% in the next two years while electricity output from fossil fuel plants falls.

Trump is betting fossil fuels are the key to future American power. He made no secret of the fact the US military raid on Venezuela earlier this month was aimed at increasing oil production. He has implored US oil companies to invest billions to revive the country’s battered oil infrastructure. The response was lukewarm. ExxonMobil CEO Darren Woods said Venezuela was “uninvestable”.

Developing Venezuela’s oil reserves assumes there will be demand for decades to come. But the world now faces an oversupply of oil, even as sales of electric vehicles grow strongly in many countries. Last month, battery electric vehicles outsold petrol cars for the first time in Europe.

Electrostates rising

While the US doubles down on 20th century fossil fuels, China is betting on an electric 21st century. It is emerging as the first electrostate, dominating production and export of solar, wind, batteries and EVs. China is now the world’s biggest car exporter. Most new Chinese cars are powered by batteries, not oil.

China’s manufacturing might has driven down the price of batteries, the main cost of EVs. As EVs get cheaper, emerging economies are finding they can leapfrog fossil fuels and move straight to solar panels and EVs – even if the national power grid is limited or unreliable.

Commodity price trends show surging global demand for copper, silver and other metals needed for mass electrification. Worldwide, investment in clean energy technologies first overtook fossil fuel investment ten years ago. In 2025, clean investment was more than double the investment in coal, oil and gas. Clean energy is where the world is headed, whether Trump likes it or not.

ChinaIndia and Pakistan are rapidly making the shift to renewable power. Developing nations from Nepal to Ethiopia are taking up electric transport to slash the cost of importing fossil fuels.

China dominates production of clean energy technologies such as solar, wind, batteries and EVs. CFOTO/Future Publishing via Getty Images

A new roadmap away from fossil fuels

This week, the US formally withdrew from the Paris Agreement. But no other country has followed.

For decades, the COP talks have focused on “cutting emissions” without dealing directly with the use of coal, oil and gas. But at the 2023 talks, nearly 200 countries agreed to “transition away from fossil fuels”.

At last year’s COP30 talks, host nation Brazil proposed a roadmap to phase out fossil fuels. More than 80 countries backed the idea, including Australia, but pushback from Saudi Arabia and Russia kept it out of the final outcomes.

In response, Brazil is working to develop a roadmap for phasing out fossil fuels. This – or something similar – may be formally adopted at the next climate talks in November.

While COP31 will be held in Turkey, Australian climate minister Chris Bowen will have a key role as “President of Negotiations” and will steer global discussion ahead of the summit.

Bowen plans to lobby petrostates to support a managed shift away from fossil fuels, drawing on Australia’s experience as a major exporter of coal and LNG facing its own transition. Korea – Australia’s third largest market for thermal coal – will retire its entire coal fleet by 2040.

Government modelling suggests Australia’s coal and gas exports could plummet 50% in value in five years as global demand falls. Independent modelling suggests the decline for coal could happen even faster if countries meet their climate targets. Policymakers must plan to manage this transition.

Coalitions of the willing?

Frustrated by slow progress, a coalition of nations is separately discussing how to phase out fossil fuels. The first conference will take place in April in Colombia. Here, delegates will discuss how to wind down fossil fuels while protecting workers and financial systems. Some nations want to negotiate a standalone treaty to manage the phase-out. Conference outcomes will also feed back into the UN climate talks.

Pacific island nations aim to be the world’s first 100% renewable region. Ahead of COP31, Australia and island nations will meet to progress this.

Progress is happening

In an ideal world, nations would rapidly tackle the existential threat of climate change together. We don’t live in that world. But it may not matter.

The shift to clean electric options has its own momentum. The question is whether the shift away from coal, oil and gas will be orderly – or chaotic.The Conversation

Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Will killing dingoes on K’gari make visitors safer? We think it’s unlikely

Line Knipst/PexelsCC BY
Bradley P. SmithCQUniversity Australia and Kylie M. CairnsUNSW Sydney

After the tragic death of Canadian backpacker Piper James on K’gari (Fraser Island) on January 19, a coroner found the 19–year–old had been bitten by dingoes while she was still alive, but the most likely cause of death was drowning.

Days later, the Queensland government announced it would cull the entire pack of ten dingoes seen near where Piper’s body was found. Most of those animals have now been killed.

Authorities justified the targeted cull on “public safety” grounds, while also signalling a strong desire to keep tourism moving. Queensland Tourism Minister Andrew Powell reassured tourism operators “the island is open” and urged people to continue to visit.

The cull took place without the knowledge or approval of the Butchulla people, the Traditional Owners of K'Gari. James’ parents also publicly opposed a cull, saying it was “the last thing” their nature-loving daughter would have wanted. There has been backlash from scientific experts, as well as the public.

So, does killing dingoes actually make K’gari safer for people?

The perfect storm

K’gari’s dingoes (called Wongari by the Butchulla) are a population of high conservation and cultural value on this World Heritage–listed sand island. Estimates put their numbers at between 70 and 200.

Huge visitor numbers (about 450,000 per year) to the roughly  1,600 square kilometre island means dingoes and humans share the same beaches and come into contact in ways they generally don’t on the mainland. Most encounters are harmless, even enjoyable. Less than 1% of visitors experience a negative interaction and many tourists visit the island specifically to see the dingoes.

Of course, risk increases when dingoes and people are in close proximity. Dingoes are often deliberately or carelessly rewarded with food scraps or find rubbish, which encourages loitering.

Most injuries caused by dingoes are minor, such as nips, bites and scratches. Serious attacks by dingoes are rare on K'gari and the mainland. Children are most vulnerable given their smaller size.

The Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service has consistently worked to reduce incidents. Their “Be dingo safe” campaign includes education, signs, fenced areas and even “dingo sticks” to deter the animals from approaching. But too often these safety warnings are not heeded. People feed dingoes or leave food in their tents or bags, come too close to dingoes and let kids roam unsupervised.

For an apex predator, dingoes are relatively small and dog-like. To many visitors, they don’t look especially dangerous, and people forget dingoes are wild predators.

A wood and wire dingo-safe storage cage for visitors to secure food.
A “dingo-safe” storage cage for visitors to secure food and belongings on K’gari. Bradley SmithCC BY-ND

Decades of lethal control

Authorities have long relied on lethal control of dingoes on K'gari. Between 2001 and 2013, 110 dingoes were killed. In 2001, after the death of nine-year-old Clinton Gage, 28 were immediately killed. In a typical year, one to two are killed.

Removing up to ten dingoes carries serious costs for a small island population. Genetically, the K’gari population has low diversity and an effective population size of about 25 (meaning only about 25 animals are effectively passing genes on, even though more dingoes exist). Studies have found inbreeding, genetic isolation and declining genetic variation in K'gari dingoes over the past two decades.

High levels of inbreeding may lead to physical deformities, reduced breeding success and an increased risk of local extinction. On an island, there is limited scope for “new” dingoes and their genes to arrive, so every avoidable death is important.

That is why our 2025 population viability analysis was sobering. We found if the number of dingo deaths stays close to natural levels, the population could remain stable. But extra deaths due to mass culls or disease outbreaks expose the animals to higher extinction risk. This makes it more likely the island’s dingoes could die out. In the highest-risk scenarios we modelled (that includes several mass culling events), the risk of extinction becomes substantial in about 50 years. Survival can fall close to zero by 100 years.

A dingo becomes a photo opportunity for tourists on K’gari’s shoreline. Bradley SmithCC BY

Culling rarely solves safety problems

Records of dingo incidents on K'gari offer little evidence killing dingoes delivers lasting safety. Our analysis of the “highest severity” incidents reported found the island had an average of 10.7 reports a year from 2001 to 2015. There was no clear downward trend in incidents, even though more than 110 dingoes were destroyed in that period.

What we did find was a predictable seasonal pattern. About 40% of serious incidents took place during breeding season (March to May) and 30% during whelping (June to August). These are periods when dingoes are more active and social dynamics intensify. During breeding, dingoes (especially younger males) may range more widely and test boundaries. During whelping, adults can become more vigilant and take greater foraging risks to meet the demands of pups.

The chance of serious incidents rose and fell with dingo life history and behaviour, as well as what people did around them. Incidents are not explained by visitor numbers alone.

When a dingo approaches people or loiters near them, they can be labelled as “problematic” and are more likely to be culled. But these behaviours aren’t abnormal in a wildlife tourism setting. They are predictable responses to people, food and opportunity. Younger males are often the most persistent around people, but become less exploratory as they mature or disperse.

A dingo rests beside rubbish bins on K’gari. These bins have now been fenced. Bradley SmithCC BY-ND

A people problem, not a dingo problem

K’gari’s dingoes are doing what wild predators do, just as sharks and crocodiles do in Australia’s oceans and rivers.

Our safety depends on how we behave in wild places. To reduce risky encounters with wildlife, secure your food and waste, keep your kids close, don’t venture out alone, respect park guidelines and stop giving rewards such as food.

Killing dingoes won’t make K'gari safer. Changing human behaviour and attitudes will.The Conversation

Bradley P. Smith, Senior Lecturer in Psychology, CQUniversity Australia and Kylie M. Cairns, Research Fellow in Canid and Wildlife Genomics, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Red flowers have a ‘magic trait’ to attract birds and keep bees away

Joshua J. Cotten
Adrian DyerMonash University and Klaus LunauHeinrich Heine Universität Düsseldorf

For flowering plants, reproduction is a question of the birds and the bees. Attracting the right pollinator can be a matter of survival – and new research shows how flowers do it is more intriguing than anyone realised, and might even involve a little bit of magic.

In our new paper, published in Current Biology, we discuss how a single “magic” trait of some flowering plants simultaneously camouflages them from bees and makes them stand out brightly to birds.

How animals see

We humans typically have three types of light receptors in our eyes, which enable our rich sense of colours.

These are cells sensitive to blue, green or red light. From the input from these cells, the brain generates many colours including yellow via what is called colour opponent processing.

The way colour opponent processing works is that different sensed colours are processed by the brain in opposition. For example, we see some signals as red and some as green – but never a colour in between.

Many other animals also see colour and show evidence of also using opponent processing.

Bees see their world using cells that sense ultraviolet, blue and green light, while birds have a fourth type sensitive to red light as well.

A diagram showing a different wavelengths of light along a spectrum.
Our colour perception illustrated with the spectral bar is different to bees that are sensitive to UV, blue and green, or birds with four colour photoreceptors including red sensitivity. Adrian Dyer & Klaus LunauCC BY

The problem flowering plants face

So what do these differences in colour vision have to do with plants, genetics and magic?

Flowers need to attract pollinators of the right size, so their pollen ends up on the correct part of an animal’s body so it’s efficiently flown to another flower to enable pollination.

Accordingly, birds tend to visit larger flowers. These flowers in turn need to provide large volumes of nectar for the hungry foragers.

But when large amounts of sweet-tasting nectar are on offer, there’s a risk bees will come along to feast on it – and in the process, collect valuable pollen. And this is a problem because bees are not the right size to efficiently transfer pollen between larger flowers.

Flowers “signal” to pollinators with bright colours and patterns – but these plants need a signal that will attract birds without drawing the attention of bees.

We know bee pollination and flower signalling evolved before bird pollination. So how could plants efficiently make the change to being pollinated by birds, which enables the transfer of pollen over long distances?

Avoiding bees or attracting birds?

A walk through nature lets us see with our own eyes that most red flowers are visited by birds, rather than bees. So bird-pollinated flowers have successfully made the transition. Two different theories have been developed that may explain what we observe.

One theory is the bee avoidance hypotheses where bird pollinated flowers just use a colour that is hard for bees to see.

A second theory is that birds might prefer red.

But neither of these theories seemed complete, as inexperienced birds don’t demonstrate a preference for a stronger red hue. However, bird-pollinated flowers do have a very distinct red hue, which suggests avoiding bees can’t solely explain why consistently salient red flower colours evolved.

A bird eating nectar from red flowers.
Most red flowers are visited by birds, rather than bees. Jim Moore/iNaturalistCC BY

A magical solution

In evolutionary science, the term magic trait refers to an evolved solution where one genetic modification may yield fitness benefits in multiple ways.

Earlier this month, a team working on how this might apply to flowering plants showed that a gene that modulates UV-absorbing pigments in flower petals can indeed have multiple benefits. This is because of how bees and birds view colour signals differently.

Bee-pollinated flowers come in a diverse range of colours. Bees even pollinate some plants with red flowers. But these flowers tend to also reflect a lot of UV, which helps bees find them.

The magic gene has the effect of reducing the amount of UV light reflected from the petal, making flowers harder for bees to see. But (and this is where the magic comes in) reducing UV reflection from a petal of a red flower simultaneously makes it look redder for animals – such as birds – which are believed to have a colour opponent system.

A diagram showing the relative strength of red signals to birds, bees and humans.
Red flowers look similar for humans, but as flowers evolved for bird vision a genetic change down-regulates UV reflection, making flowers more colourful for birds and less visible to bees. Adrian Dyer & Klaus LunauCC BY

Birds that visit these bright red flowers gain rewards – and with experience, they learn to go repeatedly to the red flowers.

One small gene change for colour signalling in the UV yields multiple beneficial outcomes by avoiding bees and displaying enhanced colours to entice multiple visits from birds.

We lucky humans are fortunate that our red perception can also see the result of this clever little trick of nature to produce beautiful red flower colours. So on your next walk on a nice day, take a minute to view one of nature’s great experiments on finding a clever solution to a complex problem.The Conversation

Adrian Dyer, Associate Professor, Department of Physiology, Monash University and Klaus Lunau, Professor, Institute of Sensory Ecology, Heinrich Heine Universität Düsseldorf

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Paying attention to birdsong while walking in nature can boost wellbeing, my research shows

Listening to the sounds of birdsong may help to reduce stress. BalanceFormCreative/ Shutterstock
Christoph RandlerUniversity of Tübingen

There’s no question that being in nature is good for wellbeing. Research shows that experiencing nature and listening to natural sounds can relax us.

A key reason for these benefits may be because of the appeal of birds and their pleasant songs that we hear when in nature.

Studies show that people feel better in bird-rich environments. Even life satisfaction may be related to the richness of the bird species in an area.

My colleagues and I wanted to better study the relationship between wellbeing and birdsong. We conducted an experiment in which 233 people walked through a park – specifically the University of Tübingen’s botanical garden. The walk took about half an hour.

Participants filled out questionnaires on their psychological wellbeing both before and after their walk. We also measured blood pressure, heart rate and cortisol levels (in their saliva) to get a better understanding of the physiological effects the walk had on wellbeing. Cortisol is considered an important stress hormone that can change within just a few minutes.

In order to get a good understanding of the effect birdsong had on wellbeing, we also hung loudspeakers in the trees that played the songs of rare species of birds – such as the golden orioletree pipitgarden warbler or mistle thrush.

To decide which additional bird songs should be played by the loudspeakers, we looked at the results of a previous study we had conducted. In that study, volunteers listened to more than 100 different bird songs and rated them based on how pleasant they found them to be.

We used the bird songs that had been most liked by participants in that experiment. However, to avoid annoying the birds living in the garden, we only chose bird songs that did not disturb the environment. We also mapped all resident species in the area and avoided broadcasting their songs.

Participants were randomly split into five distinct groups. The first and second groups went for a walk through the garden with birdsong being played on loudspeakers. The second group was also instructed to pay attention to birdsong.

The third and fourth groups also walked through the garden, but this time they only heard natural birdsong – we did not have additional speakers playing birdsong in the area. The fourth group was also instructed to pay attention to the natural birdsong.

A middle-aged woman walks through a forest alone, while looking up at the trees.
Those who focused on birdsong reported better mental wellbeing. edchechine/ Shutterstock

The fifth group was the control group. These participants went for a walk through the garden while wearing noise-cancelling headphones.

Benefits of birdsong

In all groups (even the control group), blood pressure and heart rate dropped – indicating that physiological stress was reduced after the walk. Cortisol levels also fell by an average of nearly 33%.

Self-reported mental wellbeing, as measured by the questionnaires, was also higher after the walks.

The groups who focused their attention on the birdsong saw even greater increases in wellbeing. So while a walk in nature had clear, physiological benefits for reducing stress, paying attention to birdsong further boosted these benefits.

However, the groups who went for a walk with the loudspeakers playing birdsong did not see any greater mental and physiological wellbeing improvements compared to the other groups.

This was a surprise, given previous studies have shown birdsong enriches wellbeing. Bird species diversity has also been shown to further improve restoration and relaxation.

One possible explanation for this finding may be that participants recognised the playback sounds as being fake – whether consciously or unconsciously. Another explanation could be that there might be a threshold – and having a higher number of bird species singing in an area does not improve wellbeing any further.

Appreciating birdsong

Our results show that a walk in nature is beneficial in and of itself – but the sounds of natural birdsong can further boost these wellbeing benefits, especially if you make a concerted effort to pay attention it.

You don’t even need to know a lot about birds to get these benefits, as our study showed. The positive effect was seen in everyone from casual birdwatchers through to bird nerds.

Our study’s results are a good message for everyday life. You don’t need a visit to bird-rich environments to make you happy. It seems more important to focus on the birds that are already there, listen to them and enjoy them.

The results also have implications for park design, showing that the sound of birdsong in general – rather than the number of species living there or how rare they are – is of key importance when it comes to wellbeing.

So even just a half hour walk outside while taking the time to notice birdsong could reduce your stress and improve wellbeing.The Conversation

Christoph Randler, Professor, Department of Biology, University of Tübingen

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Welcome to the ‘Homogenocene’: how humans are making the world’s wildlife dangerously samey

Pigeons are well-suited to urban living, and are outcompeting distinctive local species around the world. Wirestock Creators / shutterstock
Mark WilliamsUniversity of Leicester and Jan ZalasiewiczUniversity of Leicester

The age of humans is increasingly an age of sameness. Across the planet, distinctive plants and animals are disappearing, replaced by species that are lucky enough to thrive alongside humans and travel with us easily. Some scientists have a word for this reshuffling of life: the Homogenocene.

Evidence for it is found in the world’s museums. Storerooms are full of animals that no longer walk among us, pickled in spirit-filled jars: coiled snakes, bloated fish, frogs, birds. Each extinct species marks the removal of a particular evolutionary path from a particular place – and these absences are increasingly being filled by the same hardy, adaptable species, again and again.

One such absence is embodied by a small bird kept in a glass jar in London’s Natural History Museum: the Fijian Bar-winged rail, not seen in the wild since the 1970s. It seems to be sleeping, its eyes closed, its wings tucked in along its back, its beak resting against the glass.

A flightless bird, it was particularly vulnerable to predators introduced by humans, including mongooses brought to Fiji in the 1800s. Its disappearance was part of a broad pattern in which island species are vanishing and a narrower set of globally successful animals thrive in their place.

It’s a phenomenon that was called the Homogenocene even before a similar term growing in popularity, the Anthropocene, was coined in 2000. If the Anthropocene describes a planet transformed by humans, the Homogenocene is one ecological consequence: fewer places with their own distinctive life.

It goes well beyond charismatic birds and mammals. Freshwater fish, for instance, are becoming more “samey”, as the natural barriers that once kept populations separate – waterfalls, river catchments, temperature limits – are effectively blurred or erased by human activity. Think of common carp deliberately stocked in lakes for anglers, or catfish released from home aquariums that now thrive in rivers thousands of miles from their native habitat.

Meanwhile, many thousands of mollusc species have disappeared over the past 500 years, with snails living on islands also severely affected: many are simply eaten by non-native predatory snails. Some invasive snails have become highly successful and widely distributed, such as the giant African snail that is now found from the Hawaiian Islands to the Americas, or South American golden apple snails rampant through east and south-east Asia since their introduction in the 1980s.

Homogeneity is just one facet of the changes wrought on the Earth’s tapestry of life by humans, a process that started in the last ice age when hunting was likely key to the disappearance of the mammoth, giant sloth and other large mammals. It continued over around 11,700 years of the recent Holocene epoch – the period following the last ice age – as forests were felled and savannahs cleared for agriculture and the growth of farms and cities.

Over the past seven decades changes to life on Earth have intensified dramatically. This is the focus of a major new volume published by the Royal Society of London: The Biosphere in the Anthropocene.

The Anthropocene has reached the ocean

Life in the oceans was relatively little changed between the last ice age and recent history, even as humans increasingly affected life on land. No longer: a feature of the Anthropocene is the rapid extension of human impacts through the oceans.

This is partly due to simple over-exploitation, as human technology post-second world war enabled more efficient and deeper trawling, and fish stocks became seriously depleted.

lionfish on coral reef
Lionfish from the Pacific have been introduced in the Caribbean, where they’re hoovering up native fish who don’t recognise them as predators. Drew McArthur / shutterstock

Partly this is also due to the increasing effects of fossil-fuelled heat and oxygen depletion spreading through the oceans. Most visibly, this is now devastating coral reefs.

Out of sight, many animals are being displaced northwards and southwards out of the tropics to escape the heat; these conditions are also affecting spawning in fish, creating “bottlenecks” where life cycle development is limited by increasing heat or a lack of oxygen. The effects are reaching through into the deep oceans, where proposals for deep sea mining of minerals threaten to damage marine life that is barely known to science.

And as on land and in rivers, these changes are not just reducing life in the oceans – they’re redistributing species and blurring long-standing biological boundaries.

Local biodiversity, global sameness

Not all the changes to life made by humans are calamitous. In some places, incoming non-native species have blended seamlessly into existing environments to actually enhance local biodiversity.

In other contexts, both historical and contemporary, humans have been decisive in fostering wildlife, increasing the diversity of animals and plants in ecosystems by cutting or burning back the dominant vegetation and thereby allowing a greater range of animals and plants to flourish.

In our near-future world there are opportunities to support wildlife, for instance by changing patterns of agriculture to use less land to grow more food. With such freeing-up of space for nature, coupled with changes to farming and fishing that actively protect biodiversity, there is still a chance that we can avoid the worst predictions of a future biodiversity crash.

But this is by no means certain. Avoiding yet more rows of pickled corpses in museum jars will require a concerted effort to protect nature, one that must aim to help future generations of humans live in a biodiverse world.The Conversation

Mark Williams, Professor of Palaeobiology, University of Leicester and Jan Zalasiewicz, Professor of Palaeobiology, University of Leicester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How to cut harmful emissions from ditches and canals – new research

Thijs de Graaf/Shutterstock
Teresa SilverthornUniversity of LiverpoolJonathan RitsonUniversity of Manchester, and Mike PeacockUniversity of Liverpool

Ditches and canals are the underdog of the freshwater world. These human-made waterways are often forgotten, devalued and perceived negatively – think “dull as ditchwater”. But these unsung heroes have a hidden potential for climate change mitigation, if they’re managed correctly.

We know that ditches and canals have a large global extent, covering at least 5.3 million hectares — about 22% of the UK’s total land area. However, no one has yet mapped all global ditch and canal networks robustly, so it’s potentially more.

These waterways are also hotspots of greenhouse gas emissions, which contribute to climate change. We have previously calculated that ditches emit 333 teragrams of carbon dioxide equivalents (a common unit to express the climate impact of all greenhouse gases), which is nearly comparable to the UK’s total greenhouse gas emissions in 2023.

Ditches often contain stagnant waters and are commonly found running through farmland or cities, where they receive high amounts of nutrients from fertilisers, manure and stormwater run-off. This creates the low-oxygen, high-nutrient conditions that are ideal for the production of potent greenhouse gases methane and nitrous oxide – both of which warm the atmosphere considerably more than CO₂.

However, ditches and their surrounding landscape can be managed (by farmers and landowners, for example) in ways that reduce nutrient inputs and therefore lower their greenhouse gas emissions. This makes them an untapped solution for reducing the effects of climate change.

Many nature restoration solutions focus on storing atmospheric carbon – by planting trees or mangroves, for example. But there are also immediate wins to be made simply by reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The importance of methane reduction has now been recognised by more than 160 countries, all of which signed the global methane pledge to cut human-caused methane emissions by at least 30% from 2020 levels by the end of the decade.

Our new study outlines the steps needed to reduce emissions from global ditches and canals. First, we need to better understand these systems by mapping their global extent. We also need to collect more measurements of greenhouse gas emissions from underrepresented regions like South America and Africa. Emissions from irrigation ditches in these understudied places could be large.

We also need to improve our understanding of how the potent greenhouse gas methane escapes the sediments in bubbles. This involves using sensors that monitor methane concentrations continuously, in order to capture “hot moments” when weather or human activity (such as fertiliser use on farmland) cause sudden pulses of emissions.

All of these strategies will improve estimates of global greenhouse gas emissions from ditches. From that new baseline, any progress in reducing emissions can be more accurately measured.

New directions for ditches

There are several ways to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ditches and canals. These include reducing fertiliser application rates on farmland, excluding livestock from areas beside ditches to reduce the amount of manure that ends up in waterways (which has already been shown to be effective for ponds), and managing pollution sources like wastewater treatment plants.

In the Netherlands, researchers have tested the effects of dredging agricultural ditches to remove the nutrient- and organic matter-rich sediments that release greenhouse gases.

They found that dredging resulted in a 35% decline in ditch emissions after one year. However, this method isn’t perfect, as the emissions from the removed sediments still need to be accounted for at a later stage, and dredging disturbs aquatic habitats and organisms.

Planting vegetation alongside ditches helps intercept nutrients and sediments before they reach the ditch. This vegetation also provides shading, which reduces water temperature and rates of greenhouse gas emissions. A study across Denmark, Great Britain and Sweden found that riverside vegetation helped to considerably reduce nutrient inputs to rivers and streams, and improved habitats for stream organisms like bugs and frogs.

Introducing floating vegetation can also trap methane and create the conditions for its removal before it is released into the atmosphere. Current trials in the UK are looking at introducing Sphagnum moss to peatland ditches. Once a floating mat of this moss has been established, it can trap bubbles of methane in an oxygen-rich environment created by the photosynthesising moss.

When methane and oxygen are present together, methane-eating bacteria can convert methane to carbon dioxide, which has a much lower impact on the climate. Initial results showed a decrease in methane of approximately 40% when Sphagnum was present.

Some of these techniques might be too expensive to scale, and many are still at the early stages of research into their use in ditches. Nevertheless, ditches and canals can in future be climate heroes – we just need to give them the chance by managing them in smart and sustainable ways.


Teresa Silverthorn, Postdoctoral Research Associate, University of LiverpoolJonathan Ritson, Research Fellow, Geography, University of Manchester, and Mike Peacock, Lecturer in Biogeochemical Cycles, School of Environmental Sciences, University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

PFAS are turning up in the Great Lakes, putting fish and water supplies at risk – here’s how they get there

PFAS are now found in all of the Great Lakes, including Lake Superior, pictured. Mario Dias/iStock/Getty Images Plus
Christy RemucalUniversity of Wisconsin-Madison

No matter where you live in the United States, you have likely seen headlines about PFAS being detected in everything from drinking water to fish to milk to human bodies.

PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, are a group of over 10,000 synthetic chemicals. They have been used for decades to make products waterproof and stain- and heat-resistant – picture food wrappers, stain-resistant carpet, rain jackets and firefighting foam.

These chemicals are a growing concern because some PFAS are toxic even at very low levels and associated with health risks like thyroid issues and cancer. And some of the most common PFAS don’t naturally break down, which is why they are often referred to as “forever chemicals.”

Now, PFAS are posing a threat to the Great Lakes, one of America’s most vital water resources.

A view of the Chicago skyline and Lake Michigan shoreline,
Many cities, including Chicago, draw their drinking water from the Great Lakes. Franckreporter/E+ via Getty Images

The five Great Lakes are massive, with over 10,000 miles of coastline (16,000 kilometers) across two countries and containing 21% of the world’s fresh surface water. They provide drinking water to over 30 million people and are home to a robust commercial and recreational fishing industry.

My colleagues at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and I study how chemicals like PFAS are affecting water systems. Here’s what we’re learning about how PFAS are getting into the Great Lakes, the risks they’re posing and how to reduce those risks in the future.

PFAS’ many pathways into the Great Lakes

Hundreds of rivers flow into the lakes, and each can be contaminated with PFAS from sources such as industrial sites, military operations and wastewater treatment plants in their watersheds. Some pesticides also contain PFAS, which can wash off farm fields and into creeks, rivers and lakes.

The concentration of PFAS in rivers can vary widely depending on these upstream impacts. For example, we found concentrations of over 1,700 parts-per-trillion in Great Lakes tributaries in Wisconsin near where firefighting foam has regularly been used. That’s more than 400 times higher than federal drinking water regulations for PFOS and PFOA, both 4 parts-per-trillion.

However, concentration alone does not tell the whole story. We also found that large rivers with relatively low amounts of PFAS can put more of these chemicals into the lakes each day compared with smaller rivers with high amounts of PFAS. This means that any effort to limit the amount of PFAS in the Great Lakes should consider both high-concentration hot spots and large rivers.

A cargo ship moves through locks at St. Catharines, Canada.
The Welland Canal, part of the St. Lawrence Seaway, carries ships between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie. Rivers and other waterways are a major source of PFAS contamination in the Great Lakes. Jim Feng/E+ Getty Images

Groundwater is another key route carrying PFAS into the Great Lakes. Groundwater is a drinking water source for more than one-third of people in the U.S., and it can become contaminated when PFAS in firefighting foam and other PFAS sources seep into soil.

When these contaminated plumes enter the Great Lakes, they carry PFAS with them. We detected PFAS concentrations of over 260 parts-per-trillion in the bay of Green Bay in Lake Michigan. The chemicals we found were associated with firefighting foam, and we were able to trace them back to a contaminated groundwater plume.

PFAS can also enter the Great Lakes in unexpected ways, such as in rain and snowfall. PFAS can get into the atmosphere from industrial processes and waste incineration. The chemicals have been detected in rain across the world, including in states surrounding the Great Lakes.

Although PFAS concentrations in precipitation are typically lower than in rivers or groundwater, this is still an important contamination source. Scientists estimate that precipitation is a major source of PFAS to Lake Superior, which receives about half of its water through precipitation.

Where PFAS end up determines the risk

Much of the PFAS that enter Lake Superior will eventually make their way to the downstream lakes of Michigan, Huron, Erie and Ontario.

These chemicals’ ability to travel with water is one reason why PFAS are such a concern for drinking water systems. Many communities get their drinking water from the Great Lakes.

PFAS can also contaminate other parts of the environment.

The chemicals have been detected in sediments at the bottom of all the Great Lakes. Contaminated sediment can release PFAS back into the overlying water, where fish and aquatic birds can ingest it. So, future remediation efforts to remove PFAS from the lakes are about more than just the water – they involve the sediment as well.

PFAS can also accumulate in foams that form on lake shorelines during turbulent conditions. Concentrations of PFAS can be up to 7,000 times higher in natural foams compared with the water because PFAS are surfactants and build up where air and water meet, like bubbles in foam. As a result, state agencies recommend washing skin that comes in contact with foam and preventing pets from playing in foam.

A yellow perch swims under the ice in Sturgeon Bay in Door County, Wisconsin.
Fish, like this yellow perch spotted in Sturgeon Bay, Wis., can ingest PFAS through water and food. The chemicals are also found in the sediment of lake bottoms. Elizabeth Beard/Moment via Getty Images

Some PFAS bioaccumulate, or build up, within fish and wildlife. Elevated levels of PFAS have been detected in Great Lakes fish, raising concerns for fisheries.

High PFAS concentrations in fish in coastal areas and inland waters have led to advisories recommending people limit how much they fish they eat.

Looking ahead

Water cycles through the Great Lakes, but the process can take many years, from 2.6 years in Lake Erie to nearly 200 years in Lake Superior.

This means that PFAS that enter the lakes will be there for a very long time.

Since it is not possible to clean up the over 6 quadrillion gallons of water in the Great Lakes after they have been contaminated, preventing further contamination is key to protecting the lakes for the future.

That starts with identifying contaminated groundwater and rivers that are adding PFAS to the lakes. The Sea Grant College Program and the National Institutes of Water Resources, including the Wisconsin programs that I direct, have been supporting research to map these sources, as well as helping translate that knowledge into actions that policymakers and resource managers can take.

PFAS contamination is an issue beyond the Great Lakes and is something everyone can work to address.

  • Drinking water. If you are one of the millions of people who drink water from the Great Lakes, find out the PFAS concentrations in your drinking water. This data is increasingly available from local drinking water utilities.

  • Fish. Eating fish can provide great health benefits, but be aware of health advisories about fish caught in the Great Lakes and in inland waters so you can balance the risks. Other chemicals, such as mercury and PCBs, can also lead to fish advisories.

  • Personal choice. Scientists have proposed that PFAS only be used when they have vital functions and there are no alternatives. Consumer demand for PFAS-free products is helping reduce PFAS use in some products. Several states have also introduced legislation to ban PFAS use in some applications.

Decreasing use of PFAS will ultimately prevent downstream contamination in the Great Lakes and around the U.S.The Conversation

Christy Remucal, Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Wisconsin-Madison

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Octopus numbers exploded around the UK’s south-west coast in 2025 – a new report explores this rare phenomenon

Bryce StewartUniversity of PlymouthMarine Biological AssociationEmma SheehanUniversity of Plymouth, and Tim SmythPlymouth Marine Laboratory

Cold spray whipped off the ropes as a diesel engine throbbed in the background. One by one, empty shellfish pots came over the side of the fishing boat, occasionally containing the remnants of crab and lobster claws and carapaces. Something strange was going on.

Then the culprit revealed itself – a squirming orange body surrounded by a writhing tangle of tentacles. A few minutes later, three more of these denizens of the deep came up in a single pot, and then, incredibly, a final pot rose from the water completely rammed full of them, more than a dozen together in a squirming mass.

This was a familiar scene off the south coasts of Devon and Cornwall early last year, as a bloom of the common octopus (Octopus vulgaris) emerged, the first time anything like this had been seen for 75 years. In fact, commercial catches of common octopus in 2025 were almost 65 times higher than the recent annual average. A new report now sheds light on these blooms: their history, the causes and the consequences.

The common octopus, despite the name, is not normally common in British waters. Instead, it favours the warmer climes of southern Europe, the Mediterranean and north Africa. But, occasionally, such as in 1900, 1950 and now 2025, numbers explode off the south-west coast of England, changing marine food chains and disrupting the local fishing industry.

Common octopuses take the ultimate “live fast, die young” approach to life. Despite the large size they can attain, they generally only live for less than two years, with females dying after their eggs hatch. The males also die after breeding. This means octopus populations are highly affected by changes in environmental conditions.

Octopus blooms have previously been rare in the UK, but emerging evidence from long-term marine monitoring of the western Channel suggests that these episodes coincide with sustained periods of unusual warmth in both the ocean and atmosphere.

These “marine heatwaves” can stimulate rapid population growth, whether the octopus are locally established or newly arrived from the south. These warm conditions are often accompanied by unusually low salinity in coastal waters, a signal that points to fresher water entering the region. While salinity itself is unlikely to drive the outbreaks, it serves as a valuable tracer of the water’s origin.

The fresher conditions may stem from high river flow from major French Atlantic rivers such as the Loire, or from prolonged easterly winds over the Channel during the cooler months (October to March). These processes could help transport octopus larvae across the Channel from northern France and the Channel Islands.

Taken together, the combination of warmth, altered circulation and low-salinity signatures suggests that climate-driven shifts in ocean and atmospheric dynamics underpin these outbreaks.

From crisis to opportunity?

Those early scenes of octopus consuming catches in crab and lobster pots continued as 2025 rolled on. But they didn’t just stop at crustaceans. Piles of empty scallop shells were found in many pots, sometimes with remnants of flesh still attached.

Scallops don’t normally go into crab and lobster pots (unless they have lights in them, which these ones didn’t), so the only explanation is that octopus were actively putting scallops in pots to stock up their larder, consuming them at leisure later.

However, fishers are nothing if not adaptable. They soon realised that there was a lucrative export market for octopus and began targeting them. One boat fishing out from Newlyn in Cornwall brought home over 20 tonnes of octopus, worth £142,000, from just three days fishing.

Between £6.7 million and £9.4 million worth of common octopus was landed on the south coast of the UK from January to August 2025. However, not all fishers benefited, and for most boats, octopus catches suddenly dropped off in August. With other shellfish fisheries also declining dramatically last year – lobsters by 30% and brown crabs and scallops by over 50% – many fishers worry about a future in which there is nothing left to catch.

So, what does the future hold? Given the link with climate change, the extensive reports of octopus breeding and a recent appearance of juvenile octopuses in UK waters, the continued presence of the common octopus seems likely.

If a bloom the size of last year’s occurs again soon, future fisheries should be guided by sustainable and ethical principles that help diversify opportunities for fishing fleets, while leaving enough octopus in the sea to be enjoyed by the hundreds of divers and snorkellers who loved watching these amazing creatures last year.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 47,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Bryce Stewart, Associate Professor, Marine Ecology and Fisheries Biology, University of PlymouthMarine Biological AssociationEmma Sheehan, Associate Professor of Marine Ecology, University of Plymouth, and Tim Smyth, Head of Group: Marine Processes and Observations, Plymouth Marine Laboratory

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks

A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Annie Wyatt Reserve, Palm Beach: Pittwater Fields of Dreams II - The Tree Lovers League 
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Pollution runoff persists: Resident states raw sewerage is being washed into the estuary
Bayview Public Wharf and Baths: Some History
Bayview Public Wharf Gone; Bayview Public Baths still not netted - Salt Pan Public Wharf Going
Bayview's new walkway, current state of the Bayview public Wharf & Baths + Maybanke Cove
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Brown's Bay Public Wharf, on McCarrs Creek, Church Point: Some History
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Central Trail: Ku-ring-Gai Chase National Park, Spring 2025 by Kevin Murray
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Community Concerned Over the Increase of Plastic Products Being Used by the Northern Beaches Council for Installations in Pittwater's Environment
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2021
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund 2022-23: $378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control - Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2023-2024
Crown Reserves Grants 2025 Announced: Local focus on Weeds + Repairs to Long Reef Boardwalk + some pictures of council's recent works at Hitchcock Park - Careel Bay playing fields - CRIF 2025
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Great Koala National Park Announced: Historic Win for Wildlife, Biodiversity, Community
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong Falls Walk May 2025 by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Killing of Ruskin Rowe Heritage Listed Tree 'authoritarian'
Long Reef Sunrise Headland Walk by Joe Mills
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarrs Creek Public Jetty, Brown's Bay Public Jetty, Rostrevor Reserve, Cargo Wharf, Church Point Public Wharf: a few pictures from the Site Investigations for Pittwater Public Wharves History series 2025
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Northern Beaches Council recommends allowing dogs offleash on Mona Vale Beach
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Paradise Beach Baths renewal Complete - Taylor's Point Public Wharf Rebuild Underway
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Plastic grass announced For Kamilaroi Park Bayview + Lakeside Park
Project Penguin 2017 - Taronga Zoo Expo day
Project Penguin 2025 + Surfing with a Penguin in South Africa + Pittwater's Penguins
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salt Pan Cove Public Wharf on Regatta Reserve + Florence Park + Salt Pan Reserve + Refuge Cove Reserve: Some History
Salt Pan Public Wharf, Regatta Reserve, Florence Park, Salt Pan Cove Reserve, Refuge Cove Reserve Pictorial and Information
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Scotland Island Dieback Accelerating: November 2024
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Shark net removal trial cancelled for this year:  Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2024-25 Annual Performance Report Released
2023-2024 Shark Meshing Program statistics released: council's to decide on use or removal
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2022/23 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2021/22 Annual Performance Report - Data Shows Vulnerable, Endangered and Critically Endangered Species Being Found Dead In Nets Off Our Beaches 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2020/21 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing 2019/20 Performance Report Released
DPI Shark Meshing 2018/19 Performance ReportLocal Nets Catch Turtles, a Few Sharks + Alternatives Being Tested + Historical Insights
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stealing The Bush: Pittwater's Trees Changes - Some History 
Stokes Point To Taylor's Point: An Ideal Picnic, Camping & Bathing Place 
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
Taylor's Point Public Wharf 2013-2020 History
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
The Top Predator by A Dad from A Pittwater Family of Dog Owners & Dog Lovers
$378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control: Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites - CRIF March 2023
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Tree Management Policy Passed
Trial to remove shark nets - NBC - Central Coast - Waverly approached to nominate a beach each
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods August 2025 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children 

Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledging - Baby Birds coming to ground: Please try and Keep them close to Parent Birds - Please Put out shallow dishes of water in hot weather

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

New Shorebirds WingThing  For Youngsters Available To Download

A Shorebirds WingThing educational brochure for kids (A5) helps children learn about shorebirds, their life and journey. The 2021 revised brochure version was published in February 2021 and is available now. You can download a file copy here.

If you would like a free print copy of this brochure, please send a self-addressed envelope with A$1.10 postage (or larger if you would like it unfolded) affixed to: BirdLife Australia, Shorebird WingThing Request, 2-05Shorebird WingThing/60 Leicester St, Carlton VIC 3053.


Shorebird Identification Booklet

The Migratory Shorebird Program has just released the third edition of its hugely popular Shorebird Identification Booklet. The team has thoroughly revised and updated this pocket-sized companion for all shorebird counters and interested birders, with lots of useful information on our most common shorebirds, key identification features, sighting distribution maps and short articles on some of BirdLife’s shorebird activities. 

The booklet can be downloaded here in PDF file format: http://www.birdlife.org.au/documents/Shorebird_ID_Booklet_V3.pdf

Paper copies can be ordered as well, see http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/counter-resources for details.

Download BirdLife Australia's children’s education kit to help them learn more about our wading birdlife

Shorebirds are a group of wading birds that can be found feeding on swamps, tidal mudflats, estuaries, beaches and open country. For many people, shorebirds are just those brown birds feeding a long way out on the mud but they are actually a remarkably diverse collection of birds including stilts, sandpipers, snipe, curlews, godwits, plovers and oystercatchers. Each species is superbly adapted to suit its preferred habitat.  The Red-necked Stint is as small as a sparrow, with relatively short legs and bill that it pecks food from the surface of the mud with, whereas the Eastern Curlew is over two feet long with a exceptionally long legs and a massively curved beak that it thrusts deep down into the mud to pull out crabs, worms and other creatures hidden below the surface.

Some shorebirds are fairly drab in plumage, especially when they are visiting Australia in their non-breeding season, but when they migrate to their Arctic nesting grounds, they develop a vibrant flush of bright colours to attract a mate. We have 37 types of shorebirds that annually migrate to Australia on some of the most lengthy and arduous journeys in the animal kingdom, but there are also 18 shorebirds that call Australia home all year round.

What all our shorebirds have in common—be they large or small, seasoned traveller or homebody, brightly coloured or in muted tones—is that each species needs adequate safe areas where they can successfully feed and breed.

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is managed and supported by BirdLife Australia. 

This project is supported by Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority and Hunter Local Land Services through funding from the Australian Government’s National Landcare Program. Funding from Helen Macpherson Smith Trust and Port Phillip Bay Fund is acknowledged. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is made possible with the help of over 1,600 volunteers working in coastal and inland habitats all over Australia. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring program (started as the Shorebirds 2020 project initiated to re-invigorate monitoring around Australia) is raising awareness of how incredible shorebirds are, and actively engaging the community to participate in gathering information needed to conserve shorebirds. 

In the short term, the destruction of tidal ecosystems will need to be stopped, and our program is designed to strengthen the case for protecting these important habitats. 

In the long term, there will be a need to mitigate against the likely effects of climate change on a species that travels across the entire range of latitudes where impacts are likely. 

The identification and protection of critical areas for shorebirds will need to continue in order to guard against the potential threats associated with habitats in close proximity to nearly half the human population. 

Here in Australia, the place where these birds grow up and spend most of their lives, continued monitoring is necessary to inform the best management practice to maintain shorebird populations. 

BirdLife Australia believe that we can help secure a brighter future for these remarkable birds by educating stakeholders, gathering information on how and why shorebird populations are changing, and working to grow the community of people who care about shorebirds.

To find out more visit: http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/shorebirds-2020-program